WO2006089397A1 - Methods for treating arthritis using triheterocyclic compounds - Google Patents

Methods for treating arthritis using triheterocyclic compounds Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2006089397A1
WO2006089397A1 PCT/CA2006/000230 CA2006000230W WO2006089397A1 WO 2006089397 A1 WO2006089397 A1 WO 2006089397A1 CA 2006000230 W CA2006000230 W CA 2006000230W WO 2006089397 A1 WO2006089397 A1 WO 2006089397A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
nhr
alkyl
nhc
phenyl
naphthyl
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/CA2006/000230
Other languages
French (fr)
Inventor
Jean Viallet
Original Assignee
Gemin X Biotechnologies Inc.
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Gemin X Biotechnologies Inc. filed Critical Gemin X Biotechnologies Inc.
Priority to EP06705185A priority Critical patent/EP1853255A4/en
Publication of WO2006089397A1 publication Critical patent/WO2006089397A1/en
Priority to US11/895,012 priority patent/US20080076739A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/40—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil
    • A61K31/403—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with one nitrogen as the only ring hetero atom, e.g. sulpiride, succinimide, tolmetin, buflomedil condensed with carbocyclic rings, e.g. carbazole
    • A61K31/404—Indoles, e.g. pindolol
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61K—PREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K31/00—Medicinal preparations containing organic active ingredients
    • A61K31/33—Heterocyclic compounds
    • A61K31/395—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins
    • A61K31/41—Heterocyclic compounds having nitrogen as a ring hetero atom, e.g. guanethidine or rifamycins having five-membered rings with two or more ring hetero atoms, at least one of which being nitrogen, e.g. tetrazole
    • A—HUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61—MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61P—SPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P19/00—Drugs for skeletal disorders
    • A61P19/02—Drugs for skeletal disorders for joint disorders, e.g. arthritis, arthrosis
    • Y—GENERAL TAGGING OF NEW TECHNOLOGICAL DEVELOPMENTS; GENERAL TAGGING OF CROSS-SECTIONAL TECHNOLOGIES SPANNING OVER SEVERAL SECTIONS OF THE IPC; TECHNICAL SUBJECTS COVERED BY FORMER USPC CROSS-REFERENCE ART COLLECTIONS [XRACs] AND DIGESTS
    • Y02—TECHNOLOGIES OR APPLICATIONS FOR MITIGATION OR ADAPTATION AGAINST CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE
    • Y02A50/00—TECHNOLOGIES FOR ADAPTATION TO CLIMATE CHANGE in human health protection, e.g. against extreme weather
    • Y02A50/30—Against vector-borne diseases, e.g. mosquito-borne, fly-borne, tick-borne or waterborne diseases whose impact is exacerbated by climate change

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to methods for treating or preventing arthritis comprising administering a Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • th.e present invention relates to methods for treating or preventing rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering a Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • Rheumatoid arthritis causes chronic pain and irreversible damage of tendons, ligaments, joints, and bones.
  • Systemic manifestations of rheumatoid artrhitis can range from rheumatoid nodules to life-threatening organ disease.
  • rheumatoid arthritis is a systemic inflammatory disease that primarily manifests itself as synovial inflammation of diarthrodial joints.
  • Typical histopathological changes include dense infiltration of the synovial membrane by mononuclear cells, neoangiogenesis, and hypertrophy and hyperplasia of the synovial lining (Harris (ed); Rheumatoid Arthritis, Philadelphia, WB Sai ⁇ nders Co., pp.3-212 (1997); and Hale and Haynes: Pathology of rheumatoid arthritis and associated disorders. Arthritis and Allied Conditions. A textbook of Rheumatology. Edited by Koopman. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, pp.993-1016 (1997)).
  • rheumatoid arthritis Symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis include symmetrical joint involvement, dominant manifestations in peripheral joints, rheumatoid factor production, and the formation of rheumatoid nodules (Arnett et al., Arthritis Rheum., 31:315-324 (1988)).
  • the invention encompasses Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia):
  • Q 1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R 1 )-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )- or -N-;
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )- or -N-;
  • R 1 is -Ym(R a ), wherein -R 3 is -H, -OH, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, - C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -0(CH 2 ) U OR 1 4 , -C(O)R 14 , -O-C(0)Ri4, -C(O)(CH 2 VRi 4 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -O-C(O)N(R 14 ) 2 , - C(O)N(R 14 ) 2 , -C(O)ORi 4 , -C(O)NHRi 4 , -S-Ri 4 , -SOR
  • R 2 is -H, -Ci-C 8 alkyl or -OH;
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently -Y m (R b ), wherein R b is -H, halogen, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -SH, -N 3 , -Ci-C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Cj 2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)Ri 4 , -C(O)(CH 2 VR 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -O-C(O)N(R 14 ) 2
  • R 6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl);
  • R 7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -R c is -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH 2 , - NH(C 1 -C S aIlCyI), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH( ⁇ henyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , - C(O)(CH 2 ) n -R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O
  • Rs is -Ym(Rd), wherein -R d is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 ,-CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-OH, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14
  • compositions that comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and an effective amount of a compound having the Formula (Ia):
  • Q 1 is -O-, -S- or -N(Ri)-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )- or -N-
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )- or -N-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )- or -N-;
  • R 1 is -Ym(R a ), wherein -R a is -H, -OH, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, - C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -0(CH 2 )I 1 OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C( ⁇ CH 2 ) n -Ri4, -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -O-C(O)N(Ri 4 ) 2 , - C(O)N(RH) 2 , -C(O)OR 14 , -C(O)NHR 14 , -S-R 14 , -
  • R 2 is -H, -Ci-C 8 alkyl or -OH;
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently -Y m (R b ), wherein R b is -H, halogen, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -SH, -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 , cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORH, -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 ,
  • R 6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl);
  • R 7 is -Y m -(Rc), wherein -R 0 is -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH 2 , - NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , - C(O)(CH 2 ) n -R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR
  • R 8 is -Y m (R d ), wherein -R d is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 ,-CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C ⁇ C 8 alkyl), -(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-OH, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 )
  • each Ri 4 is independently -H, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 3 -Cn cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, or -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C 1 -C 8 alkylene-, -C 2 -C 8 alkenylene- or -C 2 -C 8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
  • the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ia), depicted above, wherein Qi-Q 4 , R2, R4, R 6 -Rs and R10-R13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ia).
  • the invention provides methods for preventing arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ia), depicted above, wherein Q 1 -Q 4 , R2, R4, R 6 -Rs and R10-R13 are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ia).
  • the invention further encompasses methods useful for making a compound having the Formula (Ia):
  • Q 1 is -O-, -S- or -N(RO T
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )- or -N-;
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )- or -N-;
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )- or -N-;
  • H 1 is -Y m (R a ), wherein -R 3 is -H, -OH, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, - C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R j 4 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 ) ⁇ -Ri4, -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -O-C(O)N(R 14 ) 2 , - C(O)NCR 14 ) 2 , -C(O)OR 14 , -C(O)NHR 14 , -S-R 14
  • USlDOCS 5506941 vl R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently -Y 1n (Rb) , wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH 2 , -CN, . -NO 2 , -SH, -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -0(CH 2 ) H OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(0XCH 2 ) n -R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 ,
  • R 6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl);
  • R 7 is -Y m -(R c ), wherein -R c is -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH 2 , - NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 ) n - R 14 , -0-C(O)ORi 4 , -0-C(O
  • R 8 is -Y m (R d ), wherein -R d is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(Ci-C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyO, -N(naphthyl) 2 ,-CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -(Q-C 8 alkyl)-OH, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-memberecl heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 )
  • the invention further encompasses methods for making a compound having the Formula (Ia):
  • NI Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs
  • Q 1 is -0-, -S- or -IN(R 1 )-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )- or -IM-;
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )- or -IN-;
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )- or -3Sf-;
  • R 1 is -Y m (R 3 ), wherein -R a is -H, -OH, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -Cs alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, - C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14, -0(CH 2 )HORw, -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 ) n -R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -0-C(O)N(Rw) 2 , - C(O)N(R 14 ) 2 , -C(O)OR 14 , -C(O)NHR 14 , -S-R 14 , -SOR 14
  • R 2 is -H, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl or -OH;
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R5 are independently -Y m (R b ), wherein R b is -H, halogen, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -SH, -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -0(CHi) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 ) n -R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -O-C(O)N(R 14
  • R 6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl);
  • R 7 is -Y m -(R C ), wherein -R c is -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -0-benzyl, -OH, -NH 2 , - NH(Ci-C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl) , -N(naphthyl) 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 V R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 ,
  • R 8 is -Y m CR d ), wherein -R d is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C 1 -C 5 alkiyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 ,-CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-OH, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -0(CHs)
  • compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and an effective amount of a compound having the Formula (Ib):
  • Q 1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R 1 )-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )- or -N-;
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl Q 3 is -C(R 5 )- or -N-;
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )- or -N-;
  • Ri is -Y m (R a ), wherein -R 8 is -H, -OH, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 allcynyl, - C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -0(CHiD n ORu, -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 ) n -R.
  • R 2 is -H, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl or -OH;
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently -Y m (R b ), wherein R b is -H, halogen, -NH 2 , -CNf, -NO 2 , -SH, -N 3 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 ) n -R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -0-C(O)N(Ri 4)
  • R 6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl);
  • R 7 and Rg are independently -Y 1n (R d ) wherein R d is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C r C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(na ⁇ hthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 ,-CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -Cj-C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -(Ci-C 8 alkyl)-OH, -0-benzyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -
  • R 9 , R 1 O, R 11 , R12, and R 13 are independently -Y m (R e ) wherein R e is -H, halogen, -NH 2 , C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(Cj-C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphtkyl), -
  • the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ib), depicted above, wherein Q 1 -Q 4 , R 2 , R 4 , R 6 -R 8 and R 10 -R 13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ib).
  • the invention provides methods for preventing arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ib), depicted above, wherein Q 1 -Q 4 , R 2 , R 4 , R 6 -Rg and Rio-Ro are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ib).
  • the invention further encompasses compounds having the Formula (II):
  • Q 1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R 1 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )- or -N-;
  • R 1 is -Y 01 (Ra), wherein -R a is -H, -OH, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, - C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n ORi 4 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CHa) n -Ru, -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -0-C(O)N(Rw) 2 , - C(O)N(R 14 ) 2 , -C(O)OR 14 , -C(O)NHR 14 , -S-R M , -SOR 14
  • R 6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -Ci-C 8 alkyl, or -0-(Ci-C 8 alkyl);
  • R 7 and Rg are independently -Y m (R d ) wherein R d is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -N ⁇ l(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 ,-CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -Ci 2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphtkyl, -C 7 -C 12 (phenyl)
  • each R 14 is independently -H, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, or -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -Ci-C 8 alkylene-, -C 2 -C 8 alkenylene- or -C 2 -C 8 alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6.
  • the invention further encompasses method for making a compound having the Formula (Ib):
  • the invention further encompasses methods for making a compound having the Formula (Ib):
  • the invention further encompasses methods for making a compound having the Formula (II):
  • the invention further encompasses compounds having the Formula (Ic):
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )- or -N-;
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )- or -N-;
  • R 1 is -Y n (R a ), wherein -R a is -H, -OH, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, - C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 VR 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -O-C(O)N(R 14 ) 2 , - C(O)N(RH) 2 , -C(O)OR 14 , -C(O)NHR 14 , -S-R 14 , -SOR 14
  • R 2 is -H, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl or -OH;
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently -Y m (R b ), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -SH, -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)Ri 4 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 VR 14 , -0-C(O)ORj 4 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -O-C(O)N(R 14 ) 2
  • R 6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl);
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl R 7 is -Y m -(R C ), wherein -R c is -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH 2 , - NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , - C(O)(CHz) n -R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14
  • R 8 is -Y m (R d ), wherein -R d is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(Ci-C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 ,-CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-OH, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , — O(CH 2 )
  • compositions comprising a compound of Formula (Ic), depicted above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Q 2 and Q 3 , R 1 -R 8 and R 1O -Ri S are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ic); and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
  • the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ic), depicted above, wherein Q 2 and Q 3 , R 1 -R 8 and R 1O -R 13 are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ic).
  • a compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic) or (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof is useful for treating and/or preventing arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
  • the invention further provides compositions comprising an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
  • Compositions comprising a Triheterocyclic Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle are useful for treating and/or preventing arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
  • the invention furttier provides methods for treating and/or preventing arthritis, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention, an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds refers to compounds of Formula Ia, Formula Ib, and Formula Ic.
  • halogen refers to -F, -Cl, -Br or -I.
  • C i-C 8 alkyl refers to a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon group containing 1-8 carbon atoms which can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or more -halogen, -NH 2 , -OH, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), phenyl or naphthyl groups.
  • C 1 -Cs straight or branched chain alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1 -propyl, 2-propyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, 2-methyl-l -propyl, 2-methyl-2- propyl, 1-pentyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-l -butyl, 3-methyl-l-butyl, 2-methyl-3 -butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l -propyl, 1-htexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, 2-methyl- 1-pentyl, 3-methyl- 1-pentyl,
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl 4-methyl-l-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3 -methyl -2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l -butyl, 3,3-dimetliyl-l-butyl, 2-ethyl-l -butyl, 1-he ⁇ tyl and 1-octyl.
  • C 1 -Cs alkyl refers to a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon group containing 1-5 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of C 1 -C 5 straight or branched chain alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1 -propyl, 2-propyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, 2-inethyl-l -propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 1-pentyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-l- butyl, 3-methyl-l-butyl, 2-methyl-3 -butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l -propyl and 1-pentyl.
  • C 2 -Cs alkenyl refers to an unsaturated, straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing 2-8 carbon atoms and at least one double bond which can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with a phenyl or naphthyl group.
  • C 2 -C 8 alkynyl refers to an unsaturated, straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing 2-8 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond which can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with a phenyl or naphthyl group.
  • C 1 -Cg alkylene refers to a C 1 -C 8 alkyl group in which one of the C 1 -C 8 alkyl group's hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a bond.
  • C 2 -C 8 alkenylene refers to a C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group in which one of the C 2 -C 8 alkenyl group's hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a bond.
  • C 2 -C 8 alkynylene refers to a C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group in which one of the C 2 -C 8 alkynyl group's hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a bond.
  • C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl refers to a non-aromatic, saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon ring system containing 3-12 carbon atoms.
  • Examples of C 3 - Ci 2 cycloalkyl groups include but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, norbornyl, adamantyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-enyl, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl.
  • a "-3- to 9-membered heterocycle” is a 3- to 9-membered aromatic or nonaromatic monocyclic or bicyclic ring of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • 3- to 9-membered heterocycles include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, azirinyl, diaziridinyl, diazirinyl, oxaziridinyl, azetidinyl, azetidinonyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazinyl, thiazinyl, diazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, tetrazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, purinyl, isoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, furanyl, furazanyl, pyr
  • A. "5- to 9- membered ring” is a 5- to 9-membered aromatic or nonaromatic monocyclic or bicyclic ring of carbon atoms only, or of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur.
  • 5- to 9-membered rings include, but are not limited to, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cyclokeptyl, which may be saturated or unsaturated, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrol yl, oxazinyl, thiazinyl, diazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, tetrazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, purinyl, isoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, furanyl, furazanyl, pyridinyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, benzodiazoly
  • an -O-benzyl group can be substituted or ⁇ nsubstituted.
  • A-S used herein a -phenyl group can be substituted or unsx ⁇ bstituted.
  • Tbiese substituents may optionally be further substituted with a substituent selected from such groups.
  • an "effective amount” is an amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound that is effective for treating or preventing arthritis.
  • an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound is that amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound that is sufficient to ameliorate or eliminate one or more symptoms of arthritis.
  • an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound is that amount that is sufficient to ameliorate or eliminate one or more symptoms of arthritis in a patient in need of treatment of arthritis.
  • An effective amount of a Tririeterocyclic Compound sufficient to prevent arthritis is an amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound that is sufficient to delay or eliminate the onset of one or more symptoms of arthritis.
  • an effective amount is an amount sufficient to delay or eliminate the worsening of one or more symptoms of arthritis.
  • substantially anhydrous means that the reaction mixture or organic solvent comprises less than about 1 percent of water by weight; in one embodiment, less than about 0.5 percent of water by weight; and in another embodiment, less than about 0.25 percent of water by weight of the reaction mixture or organic solvent.
  • a Triheterocyclic Compound when administered to a patient, e.g., a mammal for veterinary use or a human for clinical use, a Triheterocyclic Compound is administered in isolated form.
  • isolated means that the Triheterocyclic Compound is separated from other components of either (a) a natural source, such as a plant or cell, such as bacterial culture, or (b) a synthetic organic chemical reaction mixture.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compound is purified.
  • purified means that when isolated, the isolate contains at least 95%, in one embodiment, at least 98%, of a single Triheterocyclic Compound by weight of the isolate.
  • T/C value refers to the value obtained when: (a) the change from baseline in average tumor volume of treated mice is divided by the change from baseline in the average tumor volume of negative control mice; and (b) the numerical value obtained in step (a) is multiplied by 100.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds can have one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers.
  • stereoisomers such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers.
  • the chemical structures depicted herein, and therefore the compounds of the invention encompass all of the corresponding enantiomers and stereoisomers, that is, both the stereomerically pure form
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure
  • enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures e.g. , racemates.
  • stereomerically pure means a composition that comprises one stereoisomer of a compound and is substantially free of other stereoisomers of that compound.
  • a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enaotiomer of the compound.
  • a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other diasteroemers of the compound.
  • a typical stereomerically pure compound comprises greater than about 80% by weight of stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 20% by weight of other stereoisomers the compound, in one embodiment, greater than about 90% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 10% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, in one embodiment, greater than about 95% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, and in. one embodiment, greater than about 97% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound.
  • Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures of compounds of the invention can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers by well-known meth_ods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent.
  • Enantiomers and stereoisomers can also be obtained from stereomerically or enantiomerically pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well-known asynxmetric synthetic methods.
  • stereochemistry of a structure or a portion of a structure is not indicated with, for example, bold or dashed lines, the structure or portion of the structure is to be interpreted as encompassing all stereoisomers of it.
  • Figure 1 compares the effect of Compound 1 tartrate on the viability of the cancer cell lines H1299 and C33A and the normal cell lines HMEC and MRC5, as measured 72 Ihours post-treatment with 0.5 ⁇ M of Compound 1 tartrate.
  • Figure 2 illustrates the variation in body weight of SCID mice over time folio " wing treatment with cisplatin at a dose of 4 mg/kg or Compound 1 tartrate at a dose of 4.5 .mg/kg.
  • Line -D- represents the control group
  • line - ⁇ - represents the cisplatin treatment group
  • line -O- represents the Compound 1 tartrate treatment group.
  • Figure 3 illustrates the change in tumor volume in SCID mice which were implanted with C33 A human cervical cancer cells and treated with cisplatin at a dose of 4 mg/kg or Compound 1 tartrate at a dose of 4.5 mg/kg.
  • Line - ⁇ - represents the control group
  • line - ⁇ - represents the cisplatin treatment group
  • line -O- represents the Compound 1 tartrate treatment group.
  • Figure 4 Conversion of Compound 66 (Pro-Drug). into Compound 1 (Drug) over time in presence of purified human placental alkaline phosphatase.
  • Figure 5 Conversion of Compound 66 (Pro-Drug) into Compound 1 (Drug) over time in presence of purified calf intestinal phosphatase. .
  • Figure 6 The effect of Compound 1 Mesylate Salt and Compound 66 (pro-drug) on the growth of prostatic tumors in mice.
  • Trilieterocyclic Compounds having the Formula (Ia) are as follows:
  • Q 1 -Q 4 , R 2 , R 4 , R 6 -Rs and R 1O -R 13 are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ia).
  • -O-benzyl is unsubstituted.
  • R 7 is 3-methoxy benzyloxy.
  • -phenyl is unsubstituted.
  • R 14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine.
  • Ri is C(O)NHR 14 and R 14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine.
  • R 7 is -OCH 2 C(O)OC 2 Hs.
  • R 14 is benzyloxy phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, R 1 is C(O)NEDR 14 and R 14 is benzyloxy phenyl.
  • R 14 is para-bromo-phenyl.
  • Ri is -C(O)R 1 4 and R 14 is para-bromo-phenyl.
  • R a is para-hydroxy-phenyl.
  • Y m is -CH 2 - and R 14 is para-hydroxy-phenyl .
  • R 7 is -NH(phenyl)OCH 3 .
  • R 1 is -(CH 2 ) 2 OS(O) 2 ⁇ " .
  • R 11 and R 12 are not joined together with the carbon atom to which each is attached.
  • a first subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-;
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a second subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a third subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a fourth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Pormula (Ia) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a fifth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a sixth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-
  • Q 3 is - C(R 5 )-;
  • R 2 and R 6 are -H.
  • a seventh subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-
  • Q 3 is - C(R 5 )-;
  • R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 and R 10 -RB are -H.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
  • Q 2 is -C(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-
  • Q 3 is -C(Ci-C 8 alkyl)-
  • Q 4 is -CH-
  • R 2 , R4, R 6 , Rs and R10-R13 are -H;
  • R 7 is -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl).
  • Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) is:
  • Compound l's pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In another embodiment, Compound l's pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • Other illustrative Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) are shown below:
  • a Triheterocyclic Compound that can be used with the methods of the invention is Compound 1 :
  • the Triheterocyclic Compound is Compound 1 tartrate salt. In even another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compound is Compound 1 mesylate salt.
  • Q 1 -Q 4 , R 2 , R 4 , R 6 -R 8 and R 10 -R 13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ib).
  • -O-benzyl is unsubstituted.
  • R 7 is 3-methoxy benzyloxy.
  • Ri 4 is phenyl dimethyl- amine. In even more specific embodiments, Ri is C(O)NHRi 4 and R 14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine.
  • R. 7 is -OCH 2 C(O)OC 2 Hs
  • R 14 is benzyloxy phenyl.
  • Ri is C(O)NHRj 4 and R 14 is benzyloxy phenyl.
  • R 14 is para-bromo-phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)R 14 and R 14 is para-bromo-phenyl.
  • R 3 is para-hydroxy-phenyl.
  • Y m is -CH 2 - and R 14 is para-hydroxy-phenyl .
  • R 7 is -NH(phenyl)OCH 3 .
  • R, 1 is -(CH 2 ) 2 OS(O) 2 O " .
  • R 11 and Ri 2 are not joined together with the carbon atom to which each is attached.
  • compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) or Formula (Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used with the methods of the invention.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • the invention provides methods for treating or preventing arthritis, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib).
  • a compound useful in the present methods is a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein: Q 1 is -NH-; Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-; Q 3 is -C(R 5 )-; and Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a third subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
  • Q 2 ' is -C(R 3 )-;
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a fourth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a fifth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a sixth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-
  • Q 3 is - C(R 5 )-;
  • R 2 and R 6 are -H.
  • a seventh subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )-
  • Q 3 is - C(R 5 )-;
  • R 2 , R 4 , R 6 , R 8 and R 10 -Ri 3 are -H.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
  • Q 2 is -C(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-
  • Q 3 is -C(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-
  • Q 4 is -CH-
  • R 2 , R4, R 6 , R 8 and R 1O -RiS are -H;
  • R 7 is -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl). >
  • compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and Compound 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used with the methods of the invention.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • a compound useful in the present methods is Compound 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • Q 2 is -C(R 3 )- or -N-;
  • Q 3 is -C(R 5 )- or -N-;
  • R 1 is -Ym(R 3 ), wherein -R a is -H, -OH, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, - C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR-.
  • R 2 is -H, -C 1 -C 8 alkyl or -OH;
  • R 3 , R 4 , and R 5 are independently -Y m (Rb), wherein R b is -H, halogen, -NH 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -SH, -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n OR 14 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , -C(O)(CH 2 VR 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)NHR 14 , -O ) -C(O)N(R H ) 2
  • R 6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH 2 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, or -0-(Ci-C 8 alkyl);
  • R 7 is -Y 1n -(R c ), wherein -R 0 is -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(C 1 -C 8 alkyl), -0-benzyl, -OH, -NH 2 , - NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 , -CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 ) n ORi 4 , -C(O)R 14 , -0-C(O)R 14 , - C(O)(CH 2 ) n -R 14 , -0-C(O)OR 14 , -0-C(O)
  • R 8 is -Y 1n (R d ), wherein -R d is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C 1 -C 5 alkyl), -N(C 1 -C 5 alkyl) 2 , -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl) 2 , -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl) 2 ,-CN, -NO 2 , -N 3 , -C 1 -C 8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C 8 alkyl), -(C 1 -C 8 alkyl)-OH, -C 2 -C 8 alkenyl, -C 2 -C 8 alkynyl, -C 3 -C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14 , -O(CH 2 )
  • -O-benzyl is unsubstituted.
  • R 7 is 3-methoxy benzyloxy.
  • -phenyl is unsubstituted.
  • R 14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine. In even more specific embodiments, R 1 is C(O)NHR 14 and R 14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine.
  • R 7 is -OCH 2 C(O)OC 2 H 5 .
  • Rj 4 is benzyloxy phenyl.
  • R 1 is C(O)NHR 14 and R 14 is benzyloxy phenyl.
  • R 14 is para-bromo-phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, R 1 is -C(O)R 14 and R 14 is para-bromo-phenyl.
  • R 3 is para-hydroxy-phenyl.
  • Y m is -CH 2 - and RH is para-hydroxy-phenyl .
  • R 7 is -NH(phenyl)0CH 3 .
  • Rl is -(CH 2 ) 2 OS(O) 2 O ⁇
  • R 11 and R 12 are not joined together with the carbon atom, to which each is attached.
  • compositions comprising a compound of Formula (Ic), depicted above, wherein Q 2 and Q 3 , R 1 -R 8 and R 1O -R 1S are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ic).
  • the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ic), depicted above, wherein Q 2 and Q 3 , RrR 8 and Ri O -R 13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ic).
  • a composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and a compound of Formula (Ic) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used with the methods of the invention.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • a compound useful in the present methods is a compound of Formula (Ic) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • a first subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a third subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
  • Q 4 is -C(R 9 )-.
  • a fourth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • R 6 is -H.
  • a fifth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 4 is -CH-
  • R 6 is -H
  • R 10 -R 13 are -H.
  • a sixth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
  • Q 1 is -NH-
  • Q 4 is -CH-
  • R 6 is -H
  • R 7 is -0-(Ci-C 8 alkyl).
  • compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and an effective amount of a compound of Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used with the methods of the invention.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • the invention further provides methods for treating or preventing arthritis, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt.
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds can be obtained via standard, well-known synthetic methodology, see e.g. March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; Reactions Mechanisms, and Structure, 4 th ed., 1992. Illustrative methods are described below. Starting materials useful for preparing the compounds of the invention and intermediates therefore, are commercially available or can be prepared from commercially available materials using known synthetic methods and reagents.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds can be obtained via conventional organic synthesis, e.g., as described below.
  • Scheme 1 indicates a general method by which the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be obtained, wherein Q 1 -Q 4 , R 2 , R 4 , R 6 -Rs and R 1O -R 13 are defined above for the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formulas (Ia), (Ib) and (II).
  • a commercially available or synthetically prepared pyrrolidinone of Formula (i) is subjected to a Vilsmeier formylation in the presence of phosphoryl bromide and alkyl formamide to provide a brominated pyrrolyl aldehyde of Formula (ii) or brominated pyrrolyl enamine (iia).
  • the compound of Formula (ii) or (iia) is then subjected to a palladium or nickel-catalyzed cross-coupling reaction with a boronic acid of Formula (iii) to provide a diheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the Compound of Formula (II) is then coupled under acidic conditions with a pyrrole of Formula (iv) to provide a Compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib).
  • the Compound of Formula (II) is condensed with a Compound of Formula (v) (an anion of a Compound of Formula (iv)) to provide a Compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib).
  • Such methods comprise contacting a compound of Formula (II)
  • Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but not limited to, thin-layer chromatography ("TLC”), high-performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), gas chromatography (“GC”), and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (“NMR”) such as 1 H or 13 C NMR.
  • TLC thin-layer chromatography
  • HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography
  • GC gas chromatography
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy
  • the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the reaction mixture. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the reaction mixture.
  • the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is typically present in at least about a 1.5-fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound Formula (II). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is at least about a 2-fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is at least about a 3 -fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.0001 to about 5 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.001 to about 3 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.01 to about 1 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • Suitable protic acids for use in the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, />-toluenesulfonic acid, p- bromobenzenesulfonic acid, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, /?-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonic acid, mixtures thereof and aqueous mixtures thereof, hi one embodiment, the protic acid is aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous hydrobromic acid.
  • the reaction mixture further comprises an organic solvent.
  • Suitable organic solvents include, " but are not limited to alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and tert- butanol; and ethers, such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, THF and dioxane.
  • the solvent is methanol or ethanol.
  • the reaction mixture is substantially anhydrous.
  • the amount of organic solvent in the reaction mixture is typically present at an amount of at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 10 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount tnat ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1 ,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 5 minutes to about 20 hours. In one embodiment, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 10 minutes hour to about 10 hours. In another embodiment, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 30 minutes to about 2 hours.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from about 25°C to about 100°C. In one embodiment, the reaction temperature ranges from about 25°C to about 40°C. In another embodiment, the reaction temperature is at about room temperature.
  • the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) is greater than about 70 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Compound of Formula (iv). In one embodiment, the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) is greater than about 75 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Compound of Formula (iv).
  • the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) is greater than about 80 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (iv).
  • M is Li, INa, K, Rb or Cs
  • Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to, TLC, HPLC, GC, and NMR, such as 1 H or 13 C NMR.
  • the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture typically ranges from at>out 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the reaction mixture. In one embodiment, trie concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in trie reaction mixture ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the reaction mixture.
  • the amount of Compound of Formula (v) in the reaction mixture is typically between about an equimolar amount and about a 2-fold molar excess relative to an equivalent amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (v) in the reaction mixture is about equimolar relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). hi one embodiment, the reaction mixture is substantially anhydrous.
  • a Compound of Formula (v) can be prepared by deprotonating a Compound of Formula (iv) with a base, such as n-butyllithium, using methods that are well-known to those
  • the reaction mixture also comprises a substantially anhydrous, aprotic organic solvent.
  • Suitable aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to THF, DMF, DMSO, N- methylpyrrolidinone and diethyl ether.
  • Such aprotic solvents may be made substantially anhydrous by being stored over a drying agent, being stored over molecular sieves, or by distillation.
  • the aprotic solvent is substantially anhydrous THF, which has been distilled from sodium benzophenone ketyl.
  • the amount of organic solvent in the reaction mixture is typically at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 10 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -78 0 C and about 100 0 C. In one embodiment, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -25 0 C and about 75 0 C. In another embodiment, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -10 0 C and about 30 0 C. Typically, step (a) is carried out for an amount of time
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 85 percent of its original amount.
  • the amount of time is sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 90 percent of its original amount.
  • the amount of time is sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 93 percent of its original amount.
  • the progress of the reaction can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to, any of those described above.
  • step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 0.5 hours to about 48 hours. In one embodiment, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 2 hours to about 24 hours. In another embodiment, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 4 hours to 12 hours.
  • the method also comprises the step of protonating the Compound of Formula (vi) with an H + donor.
  • Suitable H + donors include, but are not limited to, water and a protic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, tri ⁇ luoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulf onic acid, p- bromobenzenesulfonic acid, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, p-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonic acid, and mixtures thereof.
  • the acid is hydrochloric acid or hydrobromic acid.
  • the acid is aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous hydrobromic acid.
  • step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 10 seconds to about 1 hour. In one embodiment, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 30 seconds to about 0.5 hours. In another embodiment, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 1 minute to about 10 minutes.
  • the Compound of Formula (Ia) can be isolated and purified as described above.
  • Such methods comprise contacting a compound of Formula (II)
  • Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but not limited to, thin-layer chromatography ("TLC”), high-performance liquid chromatography (“HPLC”), gas chromatography (“GC”), and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy (“NMR”) such as 1 H or 13 C NMR.
  • TLC thin-layer chromatography
  • HPLC high-performance liquid chromatography
  • GC gas chromatography
  • NMR nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy
  • the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the reaction mixture. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the reaction mixture.
  • the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is typically present in at least about a 1.5-fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound Formula (II). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is at least about a 2-fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is at least about a 3-fold molar excess to about a lO-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.0001 to about 5 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.001 to about 3 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.01 to about 1 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • Suitable protic acids for use in the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, /7-toluenesulfonic acid, p- bromobenzenesulfonic acid, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, p-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonic
  • the protic acid is aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous hydrobromic acid.
  • the reaction mixture further comprises an organic solvent.
  • organic solvents include, but are not limited to alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and tert- butanol; and ethers, such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, THF and dioxane.
  • th.e solvent is methanol or ethanol.
  • the reaction mixture is substantially anhydrous.
  • the amount of organic solvent in the reaction mixture is typically present at an amount of at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). hi another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 10 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction, mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). hi another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Xriheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 5 minutes to about 20 hours. In one embodiment, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 10 minutes hour to about 10 hours, hi another embodiment, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 30 minutes to about 2 hours.
  • the reaction temperature ranges from about 25 0 C to about 100 0 C. In one embodiment, the reaction temperature ranges from about 25°C to about 4O 0 C. Io another embodiment, the reaction temperature is at about room temperature.
  • the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) is greater than about 70 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Compound of Formula (iv). Jn one embodiment, the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) is greater than about 75 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Compound of Formula (iv).
  • the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) is greater than about 80 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (iv).
  • M is Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs
  • Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to, TLC, HPLC, GC, and NMR, such as 1 H or 13 C NMR.
  • the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the reaction mixture. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formmla (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the reaction mixture.
  • the amount of Compound of Formula (v) in the reaction mixture is typically between about an equimolar amount and about a 2-fold molar excess relative to an equivalent amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (v) in the reaction mixture is about equimolar relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the reaction mixture is substantially anhydrous.
  • a Compound of Formula (v) can be prepared by deprotonating a Compound of Formula (iv) with a base, such as n-butyllit ⁇ iium, using methods that are well-known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis.
  • a base such as n-butyllit ⁇ iium
  • methods useful for preparing a Compound of Formula (v) from a Compound of Formula (iv) using a base see Martinez et al., J. Org. Chan., 46, 3760 (1981) and Minato et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 22:5319 (1981).
  • the reaction mixture also comprises a substantially anhydrous, aprotic organic solvent.
  • Suitable aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to THF, DMF, DMSO, N- methylpyrrolidinone and diethyl ether.
  • aprotic solvents may be made substantially anhydrous by being stored over a drying agent, being stored over molecular sieves, or by distillation.
  • the aprotic solvent is substantially anhydrous THF, which has been distilled from sodium benzophenone ketyl.
  • the amount of organic solvent in the reaction mixture is typically at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 10 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per
  • the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
  • step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -78 0 C and about 100 0 C. In one embodiment, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -25 0 C and about 75 0 C. In another embodiment, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -10 0 C and about 30 0 C. Typically, step (a) is carried out for an amount of time sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 85 percent of its original amount.
  • the amount of time is sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 90 percent of its original amount. In another embodiment, the amount of time is sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 93 percent of its original amount.
  • the progress of the reaction can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to, any of those described above.
  • step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 0.5 hours to about 48 hours. In one embodiment, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 2 hours to about 24 hours. In another embodiment, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 4 hours to 12 hours.
  • the method also comprises the step of protonating the Compound of Formula (vi) with an H + donor.
  • Suitable H + donors include, but are not limited to, water and a protic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, /?-toluenesulfonic acid, p- bromobenzenesulfonic acid, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, /?-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonic acid, and mixtures thereof.
  • the acid is hydrochloric acid or hydrobromic acid.
  • the acid is aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous hydrobromic
  • the H + donor is water. In another embodiment, the H + donor is a protic acid.
  • step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 10 seconds to about 1 hour. In one embodiment, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 30 seconds to about 0.5 hours. In another embodiment, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 1 minute to about 10 minutes.
  • the Compound of Formula (Ib) can be isolated and purified as described above.
  • Such methods comprise contacting a compound of Formula (ii) or a compound of Formula ( ⁇ a)
  • Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to TLC, HPLC, GC, and NMR such as 1 H or 13 C NMR.
  • the concentration of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia) typically ranges from about 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the solvent. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia) ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the solvent. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia) ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the solvent.
  • the amount of Compound of Formula (iii) typically ranges from about one molar equivalent to about a 3-fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iii) ranges from about one molar equivalent to about a 2-fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iii) is about a 1.5- fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia).
  • Suitable bases useful in the methods include, but are not limited to, alkali metal carbonates, such as Na 2 CO 3 and K 2 CO 3 ; alkali earth and alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as LiOH, NaOH, KOH, RbOH, CsOH, FrOH, Be(OH) 2 , Mg(OH) 2 , Ca(OH) 2 , Sr(OH) 2 , Ba(OH) 2 , and Ra(OH) 2 ; and alkali earth and alkaline earth metal alkoxides, such as LiOR, NaOR, KOR, RbOR, CsOR, FrOR, Be(OR) 2 , Mg(OR) 2 , Ca(OR) 2 , Sr(OH) 2 , Ba(OR) 2 , and
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl Ra(OR) 2 wherein R is an alkyl group such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, t- butyl, or iso-propyl.
  • Additional bases suitable for use in the method include sodium acetate, potassium acetate, KaPO 4 , TlOH, and hindered amines such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine.
  • the base is Ba(OH) 2 .
  • the amount of base typically ranges from about one molar equivalent to about a 3- fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In one embodiment, the amount of base is from about one molar equivalent to about a 2-fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the amount of base is about a 1.5-fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In an alternate embodiment, the amount of base and the amount of the Compound of Formula (iii) are equimolar.
  • Ni and Pd catalysts useful in the invention include, but are not limited to Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 4 , Pd(dba) 2 (PPh 3 ) 2 , Pd(PPh 3 ) 2 Cl 2 , Pd(dba) 2 , Pd 2 (dba) 3 /P(OMe) 3 , Pd 2 (dba) 3 /P(t-butyl) 3 , NiCl 2 [P(OMe) 3 ] 2 , Ni(dppf) 2 Cl 2 , Ni(NEt 2 ) 2 Cl 2 and Ni(PPh 3 ) 4 .
  • the catalyst is Pd(dppf) 2 Cl 2 .
  • the amount of Ni or Pd catalyst typically ranges from about 0.001 molar equivalents to about an equimolar amount per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). Lx one embodiment, the amount of catalyst typically ranges from about 0.01 molar equivalents to about 0.5 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the amount of catalyst in typically ranges from about 0.05 molar equivalents to about an 0.2 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia).
  • the amount of organic solvent is typically at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia).
  • the organic solvent is present in an amount that ranges from about a 1 0 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount tfciat ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of
  • the organic solvent is present in an amount that ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia).
  • the time period ranges from about 1 hour to about 20 hours. In one embodiment, the time period ranges from about 1 hour to about 10 hours. In another embodiment, the time period ranges from about 2 hours to 6 hours.
  • the temperature ranges from about 25°C to about 150 0 C. In another embodiment, the temperature ranges from about 4O 0 C to about 120 0 C. In another embodiment, the temperature ranges from about 50°C to about 100 0 C.
  • Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to ethers, such as diethyl ether and diisoproplyl ether; THF, dioxane, DMF, DMF/water, DMSO, benzene and toluene.
  • the solvent is a DMF/water mixture.
  • the solvent is a 4: 1 DMF/water mixture.
  • the Compound of Formula (II) can be isolated and purified as described above for the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib).
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds are advantageously useful in veterinary and human medicine.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds are useful fox the treatment and/or prevention of arthritis.
  • the invention provides methods of treatment and prophylaxis by administration to a patient of an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • the patient is an animal, including, but not limited, a human, mammal, or non-human animal such as a cow, horse, sheep, pig, chicken, turkey, quail, cat, dog, mouse, rat, rabbit, mouse or guinea pig, and is in one embodiment a mammal, including a human.
  • An effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound for the treatment and/or prevention of arthritis is an amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound that is sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of arthritis.
  • compositions which comprise an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound
  • a Triheterocyclic Compound is administered directly into the joint that is affected by arthritis.
  • Triheterocyclic Compound e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, capsules, etc.
  • Various delivery systems are known, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, capsules, etc., and can be used to administer a Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • more than one Triheterocyclic Compound is administered to a patient.
  • Methods of administration include but are not limited to intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intranasal, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectally, by inhalation, or topically to the ears, nose, eyes, or skin.
  • the mode of administration is left to the discretion of the practitioner, and will depend in-part upon the site of the medical condition (such as location and severity of the arthritis).
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds may be desirable to administer one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds locally to the area in need of treatment.
  • This may be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers, hi one embodiment, administration can be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of the arthritis.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp. 317-327; see generally ibid.)
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be delivered in a controlled-release system.
  • a pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)).
  • polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC
  • a controlled-release system can be placed in proximity of the target of the Triheterocyclic Compounds, e.g.
  • compositions that can be used to treat and/or prevent arthritis comprise an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
  • the term "pharmaceutically acceptable” means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans.
  • carrier refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which a Triheterocyclic Compound is administered.
  • Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like.
  • the pharmaceutical carriers can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like.
  • auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening, lubricating and coloring agents may be used.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be sterile.
  • water is a carrier when the Triheterocyclic Compound is administered intravenously.
  • Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions.
  • Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, polyethylene glycol 300, water, ethanol, polysorbate 20, and the like.
  • excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, polyethylene glycol 300, water, ethanol, polysorbate 20, and the like.
  • the present compositions if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
  • Formulations of Triheterocyclic Compounds for the treatment and prevention of arthritis can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories,
  • the pharmaceutically acceptable earner is a capsule (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,698,155).
  • suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences” by E. W. Martin.
  • phrases "pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s),” as used herein includes but are not limited to salts of acidic or basic groups that may be present in compounds used in the present compositions.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds included in the present compositions that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids.
  • the acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including but not limited to sulfuric, citric, maleic, acetic, oxalic, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, acid citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, mes
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds included in the present compositions that include an amino moiety may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids, in addition to the acids mentioned above.
  • Compounds, included in the present compositions, that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically or-cosmetically acceptable cations.
  • Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds are formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration to human beings.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer.
  • the compositions may also include a solubilizing agent.
  • Compositions for intravenous administration may optionally include a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection.
  • the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent.
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl infusion it can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline.
  • an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
  • compositions for oral delivery may be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example.
  • Orally administered compositions may contain one or more optionally agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation.
  • the compositions may be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time.
  • Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administered Triheterocyclic Compounds.
  • fluid from the environment surrounding the capsule is imbibed by the driving compound, which swells to displace the agent or agent composition through an aperture.
  • a time-delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate may also be used.
  • Oral compositions can include standard carriers such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, or magnesium carbonate. Such carriers can be of pharmaceutical grade.
  • the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound that is effective in the treatment of a particular disorder or condition can depend on the nature of the disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in. vitro or in vivo assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges.
  • the precise dose to be employed in the compositions can also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and can be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances.
  • suitable effective dosage ranges for treatment and prevention are generally about 0.1 to about 5 mg, in one embodiment about 0.5 to about 3 mg of Triheterocyclic Compound per kilogram body weight.
  • the dose is about 0.1 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.3 to about 0.8 mg/kg, about 0.8 to about 1.2 mg/kg, about 1.2 to about 2.0 mg/kg, or about 2.0 to about 3.0 mg/kg (or the equivalent doses expressed per square meter of body surface area).
  • a suitable dose is about 0.1 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.3 to about 0.8 mg/kg, about 0.8 to about 1.2 mg/kg, about 1.2 to about 2.0 mg/kg, or about 2.0 to about 3.0 mg/kg (or the equivalent doses expressed per square meter of body surface area).
  • a suitable dose is about 0.1 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.3 to about 0.8 mg/kg, about 0.8 to about 1.2 mg/kg, about 1.2 to about 2.0 mg/kg, or about 2.0 to about 3.0 mg/kg (or the equivalent doses expressed per square meter of body surface area).
  • a suitable dose is about 0.1 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.3 to about 0.8 mg/kg, about
  • USlDOCS 550694IvI dose range for i.v. administration may be obtained using doses of about 8 to about 500 mg, without adjustment for a patient's body weight or body surface area.
  • Suitable dosage ranges for intranasal administration are generally about 0.01 pg/kg body weight to 1 mg/kg body weight.
  • Suppositories generally contain 0.5% to 10% by weight of one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds alone or in combination with another therapeutic agent.
  • Oral compositions can contain about 10% to about 95% by weight of one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds alone or in combination with another therapeutic agent.
  • suitable dose ranges for oral administration are generally about 0.1 to about 20 mg, in one embodiment, about 0.5 to about 10 mg, and in another embodiment about 1 to about 5 mg of Triheterocyclic Compound per kilogram body weight or their equivalent doses expressed per square meter of body surface area.
  • the oral dose is about 1 to about 7.5 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 10 mg/kg, about 10 to about 12.5 mg/kg, about 12.5 to about 15 mg/kg, or about 15 to about 20 mg/kg (or the equivalent doses expressed per square rneter of body surface area).
  • a suitable dose range for oral administration from about 20 to about 2000 mg, without adjustment for a patient's body weight or body surface area.
  • Other effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. Such animal models and systems are well known in the art.
  • the invention also provides pharmaceutical packs or kits comprising one or more containers containing one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds.
  • Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration.
  • the kit may also contain one or more chemotherapeutic agents useful for treating cancer or a neoplastic disease to be administered in combination with a Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be assayed in vitro, and then in vivo, for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in humans.
  • in vitro assays can be used to determine whether administration of a specific Triheterocyclic Compound or combination of Triheterocyclic Compounds is preferred.
  • a patient tissue sample is grown in culture, and contacted or otherwise administered with a Triheterocyclic Compound, and the effect of such Triheterocyclic Compound upon the tissue sample is observed and compared to a non-
  • a cell culture model is used in which the cells of the cell culture are contacted or otherwise administered with a Triheterocyclic compound, and the effect of such.
  • Triheterocyclic Compound upon the tissue sample is observed and compared to a non-contacted cell culture.
  • a lower level of proliferation or survival of the contacted cells compared to the non-contracted cells indicates that the Triheterocyclic Compound is effective to treat a the patient.
  • Such Triheterocyclic Compounds may also be demonstrated effective and safe using animal model systems.
  • the methods for treating or preventing arthritis can be treated and/or prevented by administering a Triheterocyclic Compound in combination with other treatment of arthritis.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be used for treating or preventing rheumatoid arthritis.
  • the arthritis can be treated and/or prevented by administering a Triheterocyclic Compound in combination with other treatment of arthritis.
  • Such other treatments include, but not limited to, treatment with aspirin and cortisone (corticosteroids), gold (Gold thioglucose (Solganal), gold thiomalate (Myochrysine), and auranofin (Ridaura)), methotrexate, and hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil).
  • acetylsalicylate Aspirin
  • naproxen Naprosyn
  • ibuprofen Advanced, Medipren, Motrin
  • etodolac Lidine
  • corticosteroids corticosteroids
  • sulfasalazine Azulfidine
  • D-penicillamine Depen, Cuprimine
  • immunosuppressive medicines metalhotrexate (Rheumatrex, Trexall), azathioprine (Imuran), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan), chlorambucil (Leukeran), and cyclosporine (Sandimmune)
  • leflunomide Arava
  • etanercept Enbrel
  • infliximab Remicade
  • anakinra Kineret
  • adalimumab Humira
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds may also be used for the treatment of arthritis such as, but not limited to, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, Childhood Arthritis, Chronic B ack Injury, Diffuse Idiopathic Skeletal Hyperostosis (DISH), Felty's Syndrome, Fibromyalgia, Gout, Infectious Arthritis, Lupus, Lyme Disease, Osteoarthritis, Osteoporosis, Paget's Disease, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Polymyositis and Dermatomyositis, Pseudogout,
  • arthritis such as, but not limited to, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, Childhood Arthritis, Chronic B ack Injury, Diffuse Idiopathic Skeletal Hyperostosis (DISH), Felty's Syndrome, Fibromyalgia, Gout, Infectious Arthritis, Lupus, Lyme Disease, Osteo
  • Trihetercyclic Compounds can be tested in the following in vivo models of rheumatoid arthritis.
  • inflammation rate (measured leg volume — leg volume without adjuvant)/(leg volume on Day 14 - leg volume without adjuvant) x 10O.
  • the average ( ⁇ SD) of the leg volume without the adjuvant is 1.5 ml ( ⁇ 0.2 ml).
  • Body weights are also monitored daily during the experiment.
  • the swelling in the paw is also assessed using soft tissue on Day 21 (Jamieson TW, DeSmet AA, Cremer MA, Kage KL, Lindsler HB. Collagen-induced arthritis in rats. Assessment by serial magnification radiography.
  • Collagen-induced arthritis in mice is described, e.g., in Han S, Cao S, Bheekha- Excura R, and Zheng B. Germinal center reaction in the joints of mice with collagen-induced arthritis. Arthritis Rheurn 2001, 44:1438-43.
  • mice are given an intraperitoneal booster injection of 100 microgram of aqueous CII mixed with 100 microgram of monophosphoryl lipid A 1 trehalose dicorynomycolate adjuvant (Sigma).
  • Mice are observed daily for the onset of arthritis, and an arthritis index is derived by grading the severity of arthritis in each paw (from 0 to 3) as previously described (Holmdahl R, Jansson L, Larsson E, Rubin K, Klareskog L. Homologous type II collagen induces chronic and progressive arthritis in mice. Arthritis Rheum 1986, 29:106-13).
  • the scoring system is based on the degree of swelling and periarticular erythema.
  • Triheterocyclic Compounds are also useful to treat and/or prevent cancer and/or neoplastic disease.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds can to inhibit tumor cell proliferation, cell transformation and tumorigenesis in vitro and in vivo using a variety of assays known in the art, or described herein. Such, assays may use cells of a cancer cell line, or cells from a patient.
  • cell proliferation can be assayed by measuring ( 3 H)-thymid ⁇ ne incorporation, by direct cell count, by detecting changes in transcription, translation or activity of known genes such as proto-oncogenes (e.g.,fos, myc) or cell cycle markers (Rb, cdc2, cyclin A, Dl, D2, D3, E, etc).
  • proto-oncogenes e.g.,fos, myc
  • cell cycle markers Rb, cdc2, cyclin A, Dl, D2, D3, E, etc.
  • protein can be quantitated by known immunodiagnostic methods such as Western blotting or immunoprecipitation using
  • USlDOCS 5506941vl commercially available antibodies (for example, many cell cycle marker antibodies are from Santa Cruz Inc.).
  • mRNA can be quantitated by methods that are well known and routine in the art, for example by northern analysis, RNase protection, the polymerase chain reaction in connection with the reverse transcription, etc.
  • Cell viability can be assessed by using trypan- blue staining or other cell death or viability markers known in the art. Differentiation can be assessed visually based on changes in morphology, etc.
  • the present invention provides for cell cycle and cell proliferation analysis by a variety of techniques known in th.e art, including but not limited to the following:
  • bromodeoxyuridine (BRDU) incorporation may be used as an assay to identify proliferating cells.
  • the BRDU assay identifies a cell population undergoing DNA synthesis by incorporation of BREU into newly synthesized DNA. Newly synthesized DNA may then be detected using an anti-BRDU antibody ⁇ see Hoshino et al., 1986, Int. J. Cancer 38, 369; Campana et al., 1988, J. Immunol. Meth. 107, 79).
  • Cell proliferation may also be examined using ( 3 H)-thymidine incorporation ⁇ see e.g., Chen, J., 1996, Oncogene 13:1395-403; Jeoung, J., 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270:18367-73).
  • This assay allows for quantitative characterization of S-phase DNA synthesis.
  • cells synthesizing DNA will incorporate ( 3 H)-thymidine into newly synthesized DNA. Incorporation may then be measured by standard techniques in the art such as by counting of radioisotope in a Scintillation counter ⁇ e.g. Beckman LS 3800 Liquid Scintillation Counter).
  • PCNA proliferating cell nuclear antigen
  • Cell proliferation may be measured by counting samples of a cell population over time ⁇ e.g. daily cell counts). Cells may be counted using a hemacytometer and light microscopy (e.g. HyLite hemacytometer, Hausser Scientific). Cell number may be plotted against time in order to obtain a growth curve for the population of interest. In a specific embodiment, cells counted by this method are first mixed with the dye Trypan-blue (Sigma), such that living cells exclude the dye, and are counted as viable members of the population.
  • Sigma Trypan-blue
  • DNA content and/or mitotic index of the cells may be measured, for example, based on the DNA ploidy value of the cell.
  • cells in the Gl phase of the cell cycle may be measured, for example, cells in the Gl phase of the cell cycle.
  • USlDOCS 550694lvl generally contain a 2N DNA ploidy value.
  • Cells in which DNA has been replicated but have not progressed through mitosis e.g. cells in S-phase
  • Ploidy value and cell-cycle kinetics may be further measured using propidum iodide assay (see e.g. Turner, T., et al., 1998, Prostate 34: 175-81).
  • the DNA ploidy may be determined by quantitation of DNA Feulgen staining (which binds to DNA in a stoichiometric manner) on a computerized microdensitometrystaining system (see e.g., Bacus, S., 1989, Am. J. Pathol.135:783-92).
  • DNA content may be analyzed by preparation of a chromosomal spread (Zabalou, S., 1994, Hereditas.120: 127-40; Pardue, 1994, Meth. Cell Biol. 44:333- 351).
  • cell-cycle proteins e.g., CycA. CycB, CycE, CycD, cdc2, Cdk4/6, Rb, p21, p27, etc.
  • identification in an anti-proliferation signaling pathway may be indicated by the induction of p21 cipl .
  • Increased levels of p21 expression in cells results in delayed entry into Gl of the cell cycle (Harper et al., 1993, Cell 75:805-816; Li et al., 1996, Curr. Biol. 6:189-199).
  • p21 induction may be identified by immunostaining using a specific anti-p21 antibody available commercially (e.g. Santa Cruz).
  • cell-cycle proteins may be examined by Western blot analysis using commercially available antibodies.
  • cell populations are synchronized prior to detection of a cell cycle protein.
  • Cell cycle proteins may also be detected by FACS (fluorescence-activated cell sorter) analysis using antibodies against the protein of interest.
  • Detection of changes in length of the cell cycle or speed of cell cycle may also be used to measure inhibition of cell proliferation by the Triheterocyclic Compounds of the Invention.
  • the length of the cell cycle is determined by the doubling time of a population of cells (e.g., using cells contacted or not contacted with one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds).
  • FACS analysis is used to analyze the phase of cell cycle progression, or purify Gl, S, and G2/M fractions (see e. g., Delia, D. et al., 1997, Oncogene 14:2137-47).
  • Lapse of cell cycle checkpoint(s), and/or induction of cell cycle checkpoint(s), may be examined by tixe methods described herein, or by any method known in the art.
  • a cell c;ycle checkpoint is a mechanism which ensures that a certain cellular events occur in a particular order.
  • Checkpoint genes are defined by mutations that allow late events to occur without pxior completion of an early event (Weinert, T., and Hartwell, L., 1993,
  • the invention provides for assays involved in detecting post-translational modifications (e.g. phosphorylation) by any method known in the art.
  • post-translational modifications e.g. phosphorylation
  • antibodies that detect phosphorylated tyrosine residues are commercially available, and may be used in Western blot analysis to detect proteins with such modifications.
  • modifications such as myristylation, may be detected on thin layer chromatography or reverse phase h.p.l.c. ⁇ see e.g., Glover, C, 1988, Biochem. J. 250:485-91; Paige, L., 1988, Biochem J.;250:485-91).
  • kinase activity Activity of signaling and cell cycle proteins and/or protein complexes is often mediated by a kinase activity.
  • the present invention provides for analysis of kinase activity by assays such as the histone Hl assay (see e.g., Delia, D. et al., 1997, Oncogene 14:2137-47).
  • Trie Triheterocyclic Compounds can also alter cell proliferation in cultured cells in vitro using methods which are well known in the art.
  • Specific examples of cell culture models include, but are not limited to, for lung cancer, primary rat lung tumor cells (Swafford et al., 1997, MoI. Cell. Biol, 17:1366-1374) and large-cell undifferentiated cancer cell lines (Mabry et al., 1991, Cancer Cells, 3:53-58); colorectal cell lines for colon cancer (Park and Gazdar, 1996, J. Cell Biochem. Suppl. 24:131-141); multiple established cell lines for breast cancer (Hambly et al., 1997, Breast Cancer Res. Treat.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds can also inhibit cell transformation (or progression to malignant phenotype) in vitro.
  • cells with a transformed cell phenotype are contacted with one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds, and examined for change in characteristics associated with a transformed phenotype (a set of in vitro characteristics associated with a tumorigenic ability in vivo), for example, but not limited to, colony formation in soft agar, a more rounded cell morphology, looser substratum attachment, loss of contact inhibition, loss of anchorage dependence, release of proteases such as plasminogen activator, increased sugar transport, decreased serum requirement, or expression of fetal antigens, etc. (see Luria et al., 1978, General Virology, 3d Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, pp. 436-446).
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds are cytotoxic
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds demonstrate a higher level of cytotoxicity in cancer cells than in non-cancer cells.
  • Loss of invasiveness or decreased adhesion may also be used to demonstrate the anticancer effects of the Triheterocyclic Compounds.
  • a critical aspect of the formation of a metastatic cancer is the ability of a precancerous or cancerous cell to detach from primary site of disease and establish a novel colony of growth at a secondary site. The ability of a cell to invade peripheral sites is reflective of a potential for a cancerous state.
  • Loss of invasiveness may be measured by a variety of techniques known in the art including, for example, induction of E-cadherin-mediated cell-cell adhesion. Such E-cadherin-mediated adhesion can result in phenotypic reversion and loss of invasiveness (Hordijk et al., 1997, Science 278: 1464-66).
  • Loss of invasiveness may further be examined by inhibition of cell migration.
  • a variety of 2-dimensional and 3 -dimensional cellular matrices are commercially available (Calbiochem-Novabiochem Corp. San Diego, CA). Cell migration across or into a matrix may be examined by microscopy, time-lapsed photography or videography, or by any method in the art allowing measurement of cellular migration.
  • loss of invasiveness is examined by response to hepatocyte growth factor (HGF). HGF-induced cell scattering is correlated with invasiveness of cells such as Madin-Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cells. This assay identifies a cell population that has lost cell scattering activity in response to HGF (Hordijk et al., 1997, Science 278:1464-66).
  • USlDOCS 550694N1 loss of invasiveness may be measured by cell migration through a chemotaxis chamber (Neuroprobe/ Precision Biochemicals Inc. Vancouver, BC).
  • a chemo-attractant agent is incubated on one side of the chamber (e-.g., the bottom chamber) and cells are plated Qn a filter separating the opposite side (e.g., the top chamber).
  • the cells In order for cells to pass from the top chamber to the bottom chamber, the cells must actively migrate through small pores in the filter.
  • Checkerboard analysis of the nuanber of cells that have migrated may then be correlated with invasiveness (see e.g., Ohnishi, T., 1993, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.l93:518-25).
  • the Triheterocyclic Compounds can also inhibit tumor formation in vivo.
  • a vast number of animal models of hyperproliferative disorders, including tumor ⁇ genesis and metastatic spread, are known in the art (see Table 317-1, Chapter 317, "Principals of Neoplasia,” in Harrison's Principals of Internal Medicine, 13th Edition, Isselbacher et al., eds., McGraw-Hill, New York, p. 1814, and Lovejoy et al., 1997, J. PathoL. 181:130-135).
  • Specific examples include for lung cancer, transplantation of tumor nodules into rats (Wang et al., 1997, Ann. Thorac. Surg.
  • general animal models applicable to many types of cancer have been described, including, but not restricted to, the p53-deficient mouse model (Donehower, 1996, Semin. Cancer Biol. 7:269-278), the Min mouse (Shoemaker et al., 1997, B iochem. Biophys.
  • a Triheterocyclic Compound can be administered to a test animal, in one embodiment, a test animal predisposed to develop a type of tumor, and the test animal subsequently examined for a decreased incidence of tumor formation in comparison with controls to which are not administered the Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • a Triheterocyclic Compound can be administered to test animals having tumors (e.g. _. animals in which tumors have been induced by introduction of malignant, neoplastic, or transformed cells, or by administration of a carcinogen) and subsequently examining the tumors in the test animals for tumor regression in comparison to controls to which are not administered the Triheterocyclic compound.
  • Cancer or a neoplastic disease including, but not limited to, neoplasms, tumors, metastases, or any disease or disorder characterized by uncontrolled cell growth, can be treated or prevented by administration of an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • the methods for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease may further comprise administering an. anti-cancer, chemotherapeutic agent including, but not limited to, methotrexate, taxol, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, hydroxyurea, cytarabine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfarnide, nitrosoureas, cisplatin, carboplatin, mitomycin, dacajbazine, procarbazine, etoposides, campathecins, bleomycin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, daunori ⁇ bicin, dactinomycin, plicamycin, mitoxantrone, asparaginase, vinblastine, vincristine, vino ⁇ elbine, paclitaxel, and docetaxel.
  • the anti-cancer agents is one or more of those presented below in Table 1.
  • Nitrogen mustards cyclophosphamide
  • Vinca alkaloids Vincristine
  • Taxoids Paclitaxel
  • Receptor antagonists Anti-estrogens Tamoxifen
  • Retinoids/Deltoids Vitamin D3 analogs EB 1089 CB 1093 KH 1060
  • Vitamin A derivative Isotretinoin Tretinoin
  • Photodyamic therapies Vertoporfin (BPD-MA) Phthalocyanine photosensitizer Pc4 Demethoxy-hypocrellin A (2BA-2-DMHA)
  • Cytokines Interferon- ⁇ Interferon- ⁇ Interferon- ⁇ Tumor necrosis factor
  • Dopaminergic neurotoxins l-rnethyl-4-phenylpyridinium ion
  • Aromatase inhibitors Aminoglutethemine Anastrozole Exemestane Letrozole
  • the methods for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease further comprise administering radiation therapy and/or one or more chemotherapeutic agents, in one embodiment where the cancer has not been found to " be refractory.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compound can be administered to a patient that has also undergone surgery as treatment for the cancer.
  • the invention provides a method to treat or prevent cancer that has shown to be refractory to treatment with a chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy.
  • an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound is administered concurrently with chemotherapy or radiation therapy.
  • chemotherapy or radiation therapy is administered prior or subsequent to administration of a Triheterocyclic Compound, such as at least an hour, five hours, 12 hours, a day or a week subsequent to or prior to administration of the Triheterocyclic Compound.
  • the Triheterocyclic Compound is administered prior to administering chemotherapy or radiation therapy, the chemotherapy or radiation therapy is administered while the Triheterocyclic Compound is exerting its therapeutic or prophylactic effect. If the chemotherapy or radiation therapy is administered prior to administering a Triheterocyclic Compound, the Triheterocyclic Compound is administered while the chemotherapy or radiation therapy is exerting its therapeutic effect.
  • the chemotherapeutic agents can be administered in a series of sessions, any one or a combination of the chemotherapeutic agents listed above can be administered.
  • any radiation therapy protocol can be used depending upon the type of cancer to be treated.
  • x-ray radiation can be administered; in particular, high-energy megavoltage (radiation of greater that 1 MeV energy) can be used for deep tumors, and electron beam and ortho voltage x-ray radiation can be used for skin cancers.
  • Gamma-ray emitting radioisotopes such as radioactive isotopes of radium, cobalt and other elements, may also be administered to expose tissues to radiation.
  • the invention provides methods of treatment of cancer or neoplastic disease with a Triheterocyclic Compound as an alternative to chemotherapy or radiation therapy where the chemotherapy or the radiation therapy has proven or may prove too toxic, e.g., results in unacceptable or unbearable side effects, for the patient being treated.
  • the patient being treated with the present compositions may, optionally, be treated with other cancer treatments such as surgery, radiation therapy or chemotherapy, depending on which treatment is found to be acceptable or bearable.
  • Triheterocyclic Compound Cancers or neoplastic diseases and related disorders that can be treated or prevented by administration of a Triheterocyclic Compound include but are not limited to those listed in Table 2 (for a review of such disorders, see Fishman et al., 1985, Medicine, 2d Ed., J.B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia):

Abstract

The present invention relates to methods for treating or preventing arthritis comprising administering a Triheterocyclic Compound. In one embodiment, the present invention relates to methods of using Triheterocyclic Compounds for treating or preventing rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering a Triheterocyclic Compound.

Description

METHODS FOR TREATING ARTHRITIS USING TRIHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
1. FIELD OF THE INVENTION
The present invention relates to methods for treating or preventing arthritis comprising administering a Triheterocyclic Compound. In one embodiment, th.e present invention relates to methods for treating or preventing rheumatoid arthritis comprising administering a Triheterocyclic Compound.
2. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
Rheumatoid arthritis causes chronic pain and irreversible damage of tendons, ligaments, joints, and bones. Systemic manifestations of rheumatoid artrhitis can range from rheumatoid nodules to life-threatening organ disease. In addition, rheumatoid arthritis is a systemic inflammatory disease that primarily manifests itself as synovial inflammation of diarthrodial joints. Typical histopathological changes include dense infiltration of the synovial membrane by mononuclear cells, neoangiogenesis, and hypertrophy and hyperplasia of the synovial lining (Harris (ed); Rheumatoid Arthritis, Philadelphia, WB Saiαnders Co., pp.3-212 (1997); and Hale and Haynes: Pathology of rheumatoid arthritis and associated disorders. Arthritis and Allied Conditions. A textbook of Rheumatology. Edited by Koopman. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, pp.993-1016 (1997)).
Several lines of evidence suggest a role of T lymphocytes in the pathogenic events of rheumatoid arthritis (Todd et al, Science, 240:1003-1009 (1988); Panayi et al., Arthritis Rheum., 35:729-735 (1992); and Goronzy and Weyand, Rheum. Dis. Clin. North Am., 21:655-674 (1995)). Macrophages have also been proposed to have pivotal role in the development of rheumatoid arthritis (Firestein and Zvaifler, Arthritis Rheum. 33:768-773 (1990); and Burmester et al., Arthritis Rheum., 40:5-18 (1997)).
Symptoms of rheumatoid arthritis include symmetrical joint involvement, dominant manifestations in peripheral joints, rheumatoid factor production, and the formation of rheumatoid nodules (Arnett et al., Arthritis Rheum., 31:315-324 (1988)).
USlDOCS 5506941vl 3. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
The invention encompasses Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000003_0001
(Ia)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 Is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -R3 is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CH2)UOR14 , -C(O)R14, -O-C(0)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2VRi4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORi4, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-Ri4, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)ORI4, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NRi4C(S)NHRi4, or - N R14C(S)N(Ri4)2;
R2 is -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Cj2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)Ri 4, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-RI4, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2Ru, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)RH, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NRI4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together
USlDOCS 5506941vl with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -Rc is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-CS aIlCyI), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(ρhenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
Rs is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R9, R1O, Rn, R12, and R13 are independently -Y1n(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, - OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -O- C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl;
3
USlDOCS 5506941vl each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6.
The invention also encompasses compositions that comprise a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and an effective amount of a compound having the Formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000005_0001
(Ia)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein: Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(Ri)- Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-; Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-; Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CH2)I1OR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(θχCH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(Ri4)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SORI4, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSRj4, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)RI4, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHRI4, or - N RI4C(S)N(RH)2;
R2 is -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 , cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORH, -O(CH2)nOR14,
USlDOCS 550694M -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHa)n-R14, -O-C(O)ORM, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(0)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -SCO)2RM> -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(RH)2,.- C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -R0 is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -O(CH2)nC( O)O(CH2X1CH3, 0-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)ORi4, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R^)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C ^C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -KHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NRI4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R 14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R9, R1O, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, - OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -O-
USlDOCS 5506941vl C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ri41 -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRI4, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0- C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NRi4C(S)Ri4, -NTHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, -N Ri4C(S)N(Rw)2 or R11 and Ri2, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle;
each Ri4 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-Cn cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ia), depicted above, wherein Qi-Q4, R2, R4, R6-Rs and R10-R13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ia). In another aspect, the invention provides methods for preventing arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ia), depicted above, wherein Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-Rs and R10-R13 are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ia).
The invention further encompasses methods useful for making a compound having the Formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000007_0001
USlDOCS 550694M (Ia)
comprising contacting a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000008_0001
(H)
with a compound of Formula (iv)
Figure imgf000008_0002
(iv)
in the presence of an organic solvent and a protic acid, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make the compound of Formula (Ia), wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(ROT
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
H1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -R3 is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R j4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)π-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)NCR14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Rw1 -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2; R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
USlDOCS 5506941 vl R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Y1n(Rb) , wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, . -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CH2)HOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(0XCH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R,4)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR)4, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR145 -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N"(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -Rc is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n- R14, -0-C(O)ORi4, -0-C(O)NHRi4, -0-C(O)N(R 14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORi4, - C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSRM, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2Ri4, - O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)Rj4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N Ri4C(S)N(R14)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyO, -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(Q-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-memberecl heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(Ri4)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)RI4, -NHSR14, - NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRj4, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)ORi4, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHRi4, - NHC(S)N(RM)2, -NRI4C(S)NHRI4, -N Ri4C(S)NCRw)2;
R9, R1O, Rn, Ri2, and Ri3 are independently -Y1n(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(Ci-C5 alk:yl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(Ci-C5 aLkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -.NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, - OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -O-
8
USlDOCS 5506941vl C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14-, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C<S)0R14, O- C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NRi4C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHRi4, -N Ri4C(S )N(R14)2 or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C.i2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-Cg alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1 ; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
The invention further encompasses methods for making a compound having the Formula (Ia):
Figure imgf000010_0001
(Ia)
comprising the steps of:
(a) contacting a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000010_0002
USlDOCS 5506941vl (ID
with a compound of Formula (v)
Figure imgf000011_0001
(v)
wherein NI is Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs,
in the presence of a substantially anhydrous, aprotic organic solvent, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make a compound of Formula (vi)
Figure imgf000011_0002
(vi)
wherein M is defined as above; and
(b) protortating the compound of Formula (vi) with an H+ donor for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make a compound of Formula (Ia) wherein
Q1 is -0-, -S- or -IN(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -IM-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -IN-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -3Sf-;
R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-Cs alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR 14, -0(CH2)HORw, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, -
10
USlDOCS 5506941vl NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0- C(S)N(R14)2, -CCS)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(RM)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CHi)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)NT(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2; or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(RC), wherein -Rc is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -0-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl) , -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2V R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, - C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, - O(CH2)nC(0)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORu, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)NT(Ru)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRuC(S)NHRu, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R8 is -YmCRd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkiyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CHs)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C<O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHSCO)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NTHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -KR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
11
USlDOCS 5506941 vl R9, R1O, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(ptienyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, - OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OH14, -O- C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Rw5 -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Rw, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Rw)2 or R11 and R12; together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
The invention further encompasses compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and an effective amount of a compound having the Formula (Ib):
Figure imgf000013_0001
(Ib)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)- Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
12
USlDOCS 5506941vl Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
Ri is -Ym(Ra), wherein -R8 is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 allcynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CHiDnORu, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R.14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHRu, -0-C(O)N(R 14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SORU, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O', 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CNf, -NO2, -SH, -N3, C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ri 4)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2Ri4, O-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)OR14, O-C(S)NHR]4, O-C(S)N(Rl4)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Rj4, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHRi4, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, tog&ther with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and Rg are independently -Y1n(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(CrC5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naρhthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -Cj-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(Ci-C8 alkyl)-OH, -0-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)HOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -C(O)R14, -O- C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R]4)2,- C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, - S-R14, -SORi4, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, 0-C(S)N(Ri-O2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHRi4, -N R14C(S)N(Rw)2;
R9, R1O, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Reis -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(Cj-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphtkyl), -
13
USlDOCS 5506941vl N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), - NHQ=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CΗ2)n-Ri4, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)ORI4, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, - NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS<O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R]4)2, -C(S)ORj4, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR]4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ri4)2 or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-Cg alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-Cg alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ib), depicted above, wherein Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-R8 and R10-R13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ib). In another aspect, the invention provides methods for preventing arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ib), depicted above, wherein Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-Rg and Rio-Ro are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ib).
The invention further encompasses compounds having the Formula (II):
Figure imgf000015_0001
(II)
14
USlDOCS 5506941vl and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Y01(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nORi4, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHa)n-Ru, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-RM, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NRj4C(S)Ri4, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(Rw)2;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -Ci-C8 alkyl, or -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl);
R7 and Rg are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -Nϊl(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphtkyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkenyl, -C7-Ci2 (phenyl)alkynyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkynyl, -3- to 9-membered hetexocycle, -OR14, -0(CHa)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VRw, -0-C(O)OH14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORj4, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)ORw, -C(S)NHRw, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Rw)2;
R9, R1O, R11, R12, and Rj3 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, Ci-C8 alkyl, -NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSORw, -NHS(O)2Rw, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R- 14)2 or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle;
15
USlDOCS 5506941vl each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -Ci-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6.
The invention further encompasses method for making a compound having the Formula (Ib):
Figure imgf000017_0001
(Ib)
comprising contacting a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000017_0002
(II)
with a compound of Formula (iv)
Figure imgf000017_0003
(iv)
16
USlDOCS 5506941vl in the presence of an organic solvent and a protic acid, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make the compound of Formula (Ib), wherein QrQ4, R2, R4, R6-R8 and R10-R13 are defined above for the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib).
The invention further encompasses methods for making a compound having the Formula (Ib):
Figure imgf000018_0001
(Ib),
comprising:
(a) contacting a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000018_0002
(H)
with a compound of Formula (v)
Figure imgf000018_0003
(V)
17
USlDOCS 5506941vl wherein M is Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs, in the presence of a substantially anhydrous, aprotic organic solvent, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make a compound of Formula (vi)
Figure imgf000019_0001
(vi)
wherein M is defined as above; and
(b) protonating the compound of Formula (vi) with an H+ donor for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make a compound of Formula (Ib), wherein Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-Rs and R1O-R13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ib).
The invention further encompasses methods for making a compound having the Formula (II):
Figure imgf000019_0002
(ID comprising contacting a compound of Formula (iii)
18
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000020_0001
(iii)
with a compound of Formula (ii) or a compound of Formula (iia)
Figure imgf000020_0002
(ϋ)
Figure imgf000020_0003
(i ia)
in the presence of an organic solvent, a base, and a Ni or Pd catalyst, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to form a compound of Formula (II), wherein Q1, Q4, R6-Rg and R1O-Ri3 are defined above for the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II), and wherein R15 is independently C1 to C8 alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl.
The invention further encompasses compounds having the Formula (Ic):
19
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000021_0001
(Ic)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
R1 is -Yn(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C 12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -SCO)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(Ru)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - , NHCCS)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)ORj4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-RU, -SORI4, -S(O)2RH1 -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRH, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
20
USlDOCS 5506941vl R7 is -Ym-(RC), wherein -Rc is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CHz)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -0(CHz)nC(O)O(CH2XCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O-C(S)NHR,4, 0-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, — O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHz)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRi4, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Rw)2;
R1O, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), - N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)N-H(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)CC1-C5 alkyl), - NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)ORi4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)Z, -C(O)OH14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -NRi4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Rn)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N Ri4C(S)N(Ri4)2; or Rn and Rj2, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each Rj4 is independently -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
21
USlDOCS 5506941vl In another aspect, the invention provides compositions comprising a compound of Formula (Ic), depicted above, or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein Q2 and Q3, R1-R8 and R1O-RiS are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ic); and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
In another aspect, the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ic), depicted above, wherein Q2 and Q3, R1-R8 and R1O-R13 are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ic).
A compound of Formula (Ia), (Ib), (Ic) or (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof (a "Triheterocyclic Compound") is useful for treating and/or preventing arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention. The invention further provides compositions comprising an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle. Compositions comprising a Triheterocyclic Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle are useful for treating and/or preventing arthritis in a patient in need of such treatment or prevention.
The invention furttier provides methods for treating and/or preventing arthritis, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention, an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound.
3.1 DEFINITIONS AND ABBREVIATIONS
As used herein, the term "Triheterocyclic Compounds" refers to compounds of Formula Ia, Formula Ib, and Formula Ic.
As used herein, "halogen" refers to -F, -Cl, -Br or -I.
As used herein, "C i-C8 alkyl" refers to a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon group containing 1-8 carbon atoms which can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with one or more -halogen, -NH2, -OH, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), phenyl or naphthyl groups. Examples of C1-Cs straight or branched chain alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1 -propyl, 2-propyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, 2-methyl-l -propyl, 2-methyl-2- propyl, 1-pentyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-l -butyl, 3-methyl-l-butyl, 2-methyl-3 -butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l -propyl, 1-htexyl, 2-hexyl, 3-hexyl, 2-methyl- 1-pentyl, 3-methyl- 1-pentyl,
22
USlDOCS 5506941vl 4-methyl-l-pentyl, 2-methyl-2-pentyl, 3 -methyl -2-pentyl, 4-methyl-2-pentyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l -butyl, 3,3-dimetliyl-l-butyl, 2-ethyl-l -butyl, 1-heρtyl and 1-octyl.
As used herein, "C1-Cs alkyl" refers to a straight or branched chain saturated hydrocarbon group containing 1-5 carbon atoms. Examples of C1-C5 straight or branched chain alkyl groups include, but are not limited to, methyl, ethyl, 1 -propyl, 2-propyl, 1 -butyl, 2-butyl, 2-inethyl-l -propyl, 2-methyl-2-propyl, 1-pentyl, 2-pentyl, 3-pentyl, 2-methyl-l- butyl, 3-methyl-l-butyl, 2-methyl-3 -butyl, 2,2-dimethyl-l -propyl and 1-pentyl.
As used herein, "C2-Cs alkenyl" refers to an unsaturated, straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing 2-8 carbon atoms and at least one double bond which can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with a phenyl or naphthyl group.
As used herein, "C2-C8 alkynyl" refers to an unsaturated, straight or branched chain hydrocarbon group containing 2-8 carbon atoms and at least one triple bond which can be unsubstituted or optionally substituted with a phenyl or naphthyl group.
As used herein, "C1-Cg alkylene" refers to a C1-C8 alkyl group in which one of the C1-C8 alkyl group's hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a bond.
As "used herein, "C2-C8 alkenylene" refers to a C2-C8 alkenyl group in which one of the C2-C8 alkenyl group's hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a bond.
As used herein, "C2-C8 alkynylene" refers to a C2-C8 alkynyl group in which one of the C2-C8 alkynyl group's hydrogen atoms has been replaced with a bond.
As used herein, "C3-C12 cycloalkyl" refers to a non-aromatic, saturated monocyclic, bicyclic or tricyclic hydrocarbon ring system containing 3-12 carbon atoms. Examples of C3- Ci2 cycloalkyl groups include but are not limited to cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, cycloheptyl, cyclooctyl, norbornyl, adamantyl, bicyclo[2.2.2]oct-2-enyl, and bicyclo[2.2.2]octyl.
As used herein, a "-3- to 9-membered heterocycle" is a 3- to 9-membered aromatic or nonaromatic monocyclic or bicyclic ring of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Examples of 3- to 9-membered heterocycles include, but are not limited to, aziridinyl, oxiranyl, thiiranyl, azirinyl, diaziridinyl, diazirinyl, oxaziridinyl, azetidinyl, azetidinonyl, oxetanyl, thietanyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrolyl, oxazinyl, thiazinyl, diazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, tetrazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, purinyl, isoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, furanyl, furazanyl, pyridinyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl,
23
USlDOCS 5506941 vl thiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, benzodiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, pyrimidinyl, isoindolyl and indazolyl.
A. "5- to 9- membered ring" is a 5- to 9-membered aromatic or nonaromatic monocyclic or bicyclic ring of carbon atoms only, or of carbon atoms and from 1 to 4 heteroatoms selected from oxygen, nitrogen and sulfur. Examples of 5- to 9-membered rings include, but are not limited to, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl or cyclokeptyl, which may be saturated or unsaturated, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, pyrrol yl, oxazinyl, thiazinyl, diazinyl, triazinyl, tetrazinyl, imidazolyl, benzimidazolyl, tetrazolyl, indolyl, isoquinolinyl, quinolinyl, quinazolinyl, pyrrolidinyl, purinyl, isoxazolyl, benzisoxazolyl, furanyl, furazanyl, pyridinyl, oxazolyl, benzoxazolyl, thiazolyl, benzthiazolyl, thiophenyl, pyrazolyl, triazolyl, benzodiazolyl, benzotriazolyl, pyrimidinyl, isoindolyl and indazolyl.
A-S used herein, an -O-benzyl group can be substituted or υnsubstituted.
A-S used herein, a -phenyl group can be substituted or unsxαbstituted.
When the groups described herein are said to be "substituted or unsubstituted," when substituted, they may be substituted with any desired substituent or substituents that do not adversely affect the desired activity of the compound. Examples of substituents are those found in the exemplary compounds and embodiments disclosed herein, as well as halogen (chloro, iodo, bromo, or fluoro); C1-6 alkyl; C2-6 alkenyl; C2-6 alkynyl; hydroxyl; C1-6 alkoxyl; amino; nitro; thiol; thioether; imine; cyano; amido; phosphonato; phosphine; carboxyl; thiocarbonyl; sulfonyl; sulfonamide; ketone; aldehyde; ester; oxygen (=O); haloalkyl (e.g., trifluoromethyl); carbocyclic cycloalkyl, which may be monocyclic or fused or non-fused polycyclic (e.g., cyclopropyl, cyclobutyl, cyclopentyl, or cyclohexyl), or a heterocycloalkyl, which may be monocyclic or fused or non-fused polycyclic (e.g., pyrrolidinyl, piperidinyl, piperazinyl, morpholinyl, or thiazinyl); carbocyclic or heterocyclic, monocyclic or fused or non-fused polycyclic aryl (e.g., phenyl, naphthyl, pyrrolyl, indolyl, furanyl, thiophenyl, imidazolyl, oxazolyl, isoxazolyl, thiazolyl, triazolyl, tetrazolyl, pyrazolyl, pyridinyl, quinolinyl, isoquinolinyl, acridinyl, pyrazinyl, pyridazinyl, pyrimidinyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiophenyl, or benzofuranyl); benzyloxy; amino (primary, secondary, or tertiary); - N(CH3)2; O-lower alkyl; O-aryl, aryl; aryl-lower alkyl; CO2CH3; -OCH2CH3; methoxy; CONH2; OCH2CONH2; NH2; SO2NH2; OCHF2; CF3; OCF3; and such moieties may also be optionally" substituted by a fused-ring structure or bridge, for example -OCH2O-.
Tbiese substituents may optionally be further substituted with a substituent selected from such groups.
24
USlDOCS 5506941vl An "effective amount" is an amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound that is effective for treating or preventing arthritis. In particular an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound is that amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound that is sufficient to ameliorate or eliminate one or more symptoms of arthritis. In particular an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound is that amount that is sufficient to ameliorate or eliminate one or more symptoms of arthritis in a patient in need of treatment of arthritis. An effective amount of a Tririeterocyclic Compound sufficient to prevent arthritis is an amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound that is sufficient to delay or eliminate the onset of one or more symptoms of arthritis. In certain embodiments, an effective amount is an amount sufficient to delay or eliminate the worsening of one or more symptoms of arthritis.
The phrase "substantially anhydrous," as used herein in connection with a reaction mixture or an organic solvent, means that the reaction mixture or organic solvent comprises less than about 1 percent of water by weight; in one embodiment, less than about 0.5 percent of water by weight; and in another embodiment, less than about 0.25 percent of water by weight of the reaction mixture or organic solvent.
) In one embodiment, when administered to a patient, e.g., a mammal for veterinary use or a human for clinical use, a Triheterocyclic Compound is administered in isolated form. As used herein, "isolated" means that the Triheterocyclic Compound is separated from other components of either (a) a natural source, such as a plant or cell, such as bacterial culture, or (b) a synthetic organic chemical reaction mixture. In another embodiment, via conventional techniques, the Triheterocyclic Compound is purified. As used herein, "purified" means that when isolated, the isolate contains at least 95%, in one embodiment, at least 98%, of a single Triheterocyclic Compound by weight of the isolate.
AvS used herein in the context of cancer treatment, the term "T/C value" refers to the value obtained when: (a) the change from baseline in average tumor volume of treated mice is divided by the change from baseline in the average tumor volume of negative control mice; and (b) the numerical value obtained in step (a) is multiplied by 100.
It is recognized that Triheterocyclic Compounds can have one or more chiral centers and/or double bonds and, therefore, exist as stereoisomers, such as double-bond isomers (i.e., geometric isomers), enantiomers, or diastereomers. According to the invention, the chemical structures depicted herein, and therefore the compounds of the invention, encompass all of the corresponding enantiomers and stereoisomers, that is, both the stereomerically pure form
25
USlDOCS 5506941vl (e.g., geometrically pure, enantiomerically pure, or diastereomerically pure) and enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures, e.g. , racemates.
As used herein and unless otherwise indicated, the term "stereomerically pure" means a composition that comprises one stereoisomer of a compound and is substantially free of other stereoisomers of that compound. For example, a stereomerically pure composition of a compound having one chiral center will be substantially free of the opposite enaotiomer of the compound. A stereomerically pure composition of a compound having two chiral centers will be substantially free of other diasteroemers of the compound. A typical stereomerically pure compound comprises greater than about 80% by weight of stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 20% by weight of other stereoisomers the compound, in one embodiment, greater than about 90% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 10% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, in one embodiment, greater than about 95% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 5% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound, and in. one embodiment, greater than about 97% by weight of one stereoisomer of the compound and less than about 3% by weight of the other stereoisomers of the compound.
Enantiomeric and stereoisomeric mixtures of compounds of the invention, can be resolved into their component enantiomers or stereoisomers by well-known meth_ods, such as chiral-phase gas chromatography, chiral-phase high performance liquid chromatography, crystallizing the compound as a chiral salt complex, or crystallizing the compound in a chiral solvent. Enantiomers and stereoisomers can also be obtained from stereomerically or enantiomerically pure intermediates, reagents, and catalysts by well-known asynxmetric synthetic methods.
If the stereochemistry of a structure or a portion of a structure is not indicated with, for example, bold or dashed lines, the structure or portion of the structure is to be interpreted as encompassing all stereoisomers of it.
The following abbreviations and their definitions, unless defined otherwise, are used in this specification:
Abbreviation Definition
BOC -C(O)OC(CHs)3
DEF N,N-diethylformamide dppf l,l-bis(diphenylphosphino)ferrocene
DMF N,N-dimethylformamide
DMSO dimethylsulfoxide
26
USlDOCS 5506941vl THF tetrahydrofuran
EtOAc ethyl acetate
EtOH ethanol
MeOH methanol
Tf -SO2CF3 dba dibenzylideneacetone
Ph Phenyl
TBDMSCl ført-Butyldimethylsilyl chloride
DBU 1 ,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec- 7-ene
LC/MS Liquid Chromatography / Mass
Spectrometry
4. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
Figure 1 compares the effect of Compound 1 tartrate on the viability of the cancer cell lines H1299 and C33A and the normal cell lines HMEC and MRC5, as measured 72 Ihours post-treatment with 0.5 μM of Compound 1 tartrate.
Figure 2 illustrates the variation in body weight of SCID mice over time folio "wing treatment with cisplatin at a dose of 4 mg/kg or Compound 1 tartrate at a dose of 4.5 .mg/kg. Line -D-, represents the control group, line -Δ- represents the cisplatin treatment group, and line -O- represents the Compound 1 tartrate treatment group.
Figure 3 illustrates the change in tumor volume in SCID mice which were implanted with C33 A human cervical cancer cells and treated with cisplatin at a dose of 4 mg/kg or Compound 1 tartrate at a dose of 4.5 mg/kg. Line -□- represents the control group, line -Δ- represents the cisplatin treatment group, and line -O- represents the Compound 1 tartrate treatment group.
Figure 4: Conversion of Compound 66 (Pro-Drug). into Compound 1 (Drug) over time in presence of purified human placental alkaline phosphatase.
Figure 5: Conversion of Compound 66 (Pro-Drug) into Compound 1 (Drug) over time in presence of purified calf intestinal phosphatase. .
Figure 6: The effect of Compound 1 Mesylate Salt and Compound 66 (pro-drug) on the growth of prostatic tumors in mice.
27
USlDOCS 5506941vl 5. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION
S.I THE TRIHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (Ia)
Trilieterocyclic Compounds having the Formula (Ia) are as follows:
Figure imgf000029_0001
(Ia)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-Rs and R1O-R13 are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ia).
In certain specific embodiments, -O-benzyl is unsubstituted.
In certain specific embodiments, R7 is 3-methoxy benzyloxy.
In certain specific embodiments, -phenyl is unsubstituted.
In certain specific embodiments, R14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine. In even more specific embodiments, Ri is C(O)NHR14 and R14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine.
In certain specific embodiments R7 is -OCH2C(O)OC2Hs.
In certain specific embodiments, R14 is benzyloxy phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, R1 is C(O)NEDR14 and R14 is benzyloxy phenyl.
In certain specific embodiments, R14 is para-bromo-phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, Ri is -C(O)R14 and R14 is para-bromo-phenyl.
In certain specific embodiments, Ra is para-hydroxy-phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, Ym is -CH2- and R14 is para-hydroxy-phenyl .
In certain specific embodiments, R7 is -NH(phenyl)OCH3.
In certain specific embodiments R1 is -(CH2)2OS(O)2θ".
In certain specific embodiments, R11 and R12 are not joined together with the carbon atom to which each is attached.
A first subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
28
USlDOCS 5506941vl Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is -C(R5)-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A second subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is -C(R5)-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A third subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
Q1 is -S-;
Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is -C(R5)-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A fourth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Pormula (Ia) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 is -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A fifth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is -N-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A sixth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is - C(R5)-;
Q4 is -CH-; and
R2 and R6 are -H.
A seventh subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is - C(R5)-;
29
USlDOCS 5506941vl Q4 is -CH-; and
R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10-RB are -H.
An eighth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) is that wherein:
Q1 Is -NH-;
Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-;
Q3 is -C(Ci-C8 alkyl)-;
Q4 is -CH-;
R2, R4, R6, Rs and R10-R13 are -H; and
R7 is -0-(C1-C8 alkyl).
An illustrative Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) is:
Figure imgf000031_0001
Compound 1
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In one embodiment, Compound l's pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In another embodiment, Compound l's pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt. Other illustrative Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) are shown below:
Figure imgf000031_0002
Compound 3
2-[5-(4-Iodo-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- 2-[4-Methoxy-5-<3-methoxy-lH-ρyrrol-2- ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- ylmethylene)-5H-p yrrol-2-yl] - 1 H-indole; lH-indole;
30
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000032_0001
Compound 7
Compound 4 1 5-Bromo-2-[5-(3,5-dimethyl- lH-ρyrrol-2- 2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-lH- ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- indole; 5,6-dimethoxy-lH-indole;
Figure imgf000032_0002
Compound 5
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- ylmemylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- 5, 6-dimethoxy- indole- 1-carboxylic acid tert- butyl ester;
Figure imgf000032_0003
Compound 8
2- [5-(3 ,5-Dimethyl- 1 H-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)- 4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl] -3 -(4-phenyl- piperazin- 1 -ylmethyl)- lH-indole;
31
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000033_0001
Compound 6
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- Compound 9 ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-3- 2-({2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- morpholin-4-ylmethyl- 1 H-indole; ylmethylene)-3-hydroxymethyl-4-methoxy-5H- pyiτol-2-yl]- lH-indol-3-ylmethyl } -ajΗino)- ethanol;
Figure imgf000033_0002
Compound 10
Figure imgf000033_0003
[5-(3,5-Dim.ethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)- 4-methoxy-2-(3-methylaminomethyl-lH- Compound 13 indol-2-yl)-5H-pyrrol-3-yl]-methanol; [2-(3-Allylaminomethyl-lH-indol-2-yl)-5-(3,5- dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-'4-methoxy- 5H-pyrrol-3 -yl] -methanol ;
32
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000034_0001
Compound 1
2-[5-(3 ,5-Dimethyl- lH-ρyrrol-2-ylmethylerιe)-
Figure imgf000034_0002
4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-lH-indole;
Compound 11
{ 5-(3 ,5-Dimethyl- 1 H-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-
2-[3-(isopropylamino-methyl)-lH-indol-2- yl] -4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-3 -yl } -methanol ;
Figure imgf000034_0003
Compound 12 Compound 14
{ 2- [5-(3 ,5-Dimethyl- lH-pyrrol-2- 2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)- ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- 4-ethoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-3-(2-morpholin-4-yl- lH-indol-3-yl}-thiophen-3-yl-methanone; ethyl)-lH-indole;
33
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000035_0001
Compound 15
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-ρyrrol-2-
Figure imgf000035_0002
ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-5- methoxy-lH-indole; Compound 18
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-ρyrrol-2-ylmethylene)- 4-isoproρoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-3-(2-pyrrolidin- 2-yl-ethyl)-lH-indole;
Figure imgf000035_0003
Compound 16
245-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- ylmethylene)-4-memoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl)-
Figure imgf000035_0004
lH-indole-3-carboxylic acid;
Compound 19
5- { 2-[5-(3 ,5-Dimethyl- lH-pyrrol-2- ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-lH- indol-3-yl}-5-oxo-pentanoic acid methyl ester;
34
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000036_0001
Compound 17
3-Iodo-2-[5-(4-iodo-3,5-dimethyl-lH-ρyrrol- 2-ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- lH-indole;
Figure imgf000036_0002
Compound 20
{2-[5-(4-Ethoxyoxalyl-3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrol- 2-ylniethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl] - IH- indol-3-yl}-oxo-acetic acid ethyl ester;
Figure imgf000036_0003
Compound 21
5-Bromo-2-[5-(3,5-dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-
Figure imgf000036_0004
ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- indole-1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester; Compound 24
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)- 4-ethoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-3-(2-pyrrolidin-2-yl- ethyl)-lH-indole;
35
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000037_0001
Compound 25 l-{2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-
Compound 22 ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-lH-
{2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- indol-3 -yl } -ethanone; yImethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- lH-indol-3-yl } -(5-ρyridin-2-yl-thioρhen-2- yl)-methanone;
Figure imgf000037_0002
Compound 26
Compound 23 2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-
{2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyiτol-2- 4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-lH-indole-3- ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- carbaldehyde; lH-indol-3-yl } -isoxazol-3-yl-methanone;
36
USlDOCS 550694M
Figure imgf000038_0001
Compound 30
Figure imgf000038_0002
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-ρyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-
Compound 27 4-methoxy-5H~pyrrol-2-yl]-5-methoxy~indole-
{2-[5-(3,5-π>imethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- 1-carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester; ylmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- lH-indol-3-;yl}-furan-3-yl-inethanone;
Figure imgf000038_0003
Compound 28
2-[5-(3,5-Dixnethyl-lH-ρyrrol-2-
Figure imgf000038_0004
ylmethylene)-4-ethoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-ylJ-lH- indole; Compound 31
(2- { 2-[5-(3,5-ϋimethyl- lH-pyrrol-2- ylmethylene)-4-ethoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-lH- indol-3-yl } -ethyl)-dimethyl-amine;
37
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000039_0001
Compound 29
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-pyrrol-2- ylmethylene)-4-isopropoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-
Figure imgf000039_0002
lH-indole;
Compound 32
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-ρyrrol-2-ylmethylene)- 4-isopropoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-3-(2-morρholin- 4-yl-ethyl)-lH- indole; and
Figure imgf000039_0003
Compound 33
(2-{2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-lH-ρyrrol-2- ylmethylene)-4- isopropoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl] - lH-indol-3-yl } - ethyl)-dimethyl-amine
38
USlDOCS 550694M
Figure imgf000040_0001
Compound 37
Compound 34 {2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylm ethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl] -1 H-indol-3-yl}-methanol
Figure imgf000040_0002
Compound 35
Figure imgf000040_0003
1 -{2-[5-(3, 5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-y lmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-y Compound 38 l]-indol-1 -yl}-2-methyl-propan-1 -on
Carbonic acid tert-butyl ester 2-[5 -(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylmethyl ene)-4-isopropoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-1 H-indol-4-yl ester
Figure imgf000040_0004
Figure imgf000040_0005
Compound 36
Carbonic acid tert-butyl ester 2-[5 Compound 39 -(3,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylmethy! 2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme ene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-1H-i thylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- ndol-4-yl ester indole-1 -carboxylic acid dimethylam ide
39
USlDOCS 5506941 vl
Figure imgf000041_0001
Compound 40 Compound 43
2-{2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-y {2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylm lmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-y ethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl] l]-indol-1-yl}-ethanol -indol-1 -yl}-phenyl-methanone
Figure imgf000041_0002
Compound 41
3-{5-[5-(1 H-lndol-2-yl)-3-methoxy-p yrrol-2-ylidenemethyl]-2,4-dimethyl -1 H-pyrrol-3-yl}-propan-1 -ol
Figure imgf000041_0003
Compound 44
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme thylene)-4-rnethoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- indole-1 -carboxylic acid 2,3-dihydr oxy-propyl ester
Figure imgf000041_0004
Compound 42
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme thylene)-4-isopropoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-y l]-5-fluoro-1 H-indole
Figure imgf000041_0005
Compound 45
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme thylene)-4-isopropoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-y l]-6-fluoro-1 H-indole
40
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000042_0001
Compound 48
Compound 46 2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme thylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2~yl]-
6-Chloro-2-[5-(3,5-dimethyl-1 H-pyrr 1 H-indole-3-carboxylic acid (3-hydr ol-2-ylmethylene)-4-isopropoxy-5H-p oxy-propyl)-amide yrrol-2-yl]-1 H-indole
Figure imgf000042_0002
Compound 47
Figure imgf000042_0003
2-{5-[1 -(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-y l)-ethylidene]-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol- 2-yl}-1 H-indole Compound 49
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H -pyrro!-2-ylme thylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- indole-1 -carboxylic acid tert-butyl ester
41
USlDOCS 550694M
Figure imgf000043_0001
Compound 50
Figure imgf000043_0002
2-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylmethy lene)-5-(1 H-indol-2-yl)-2H-pyrrol-3 Compound 53
-ol
[2-(3,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylmeth ylene)-5-(1 H-indol-2-yl)-2H-pyrrol- 3-yloxy]-acetic acid ethyl ester
Figure imgf000043_0003
Compound 51
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme thylene)-4-(3-methoxy-benzyloxy)-5H -pyrrol-2-yl]-1 H-indole
Figure imgf000043_0004
Compound 54
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme thylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- indole-1 -carboxylic acid (4-benzylo xy-phenyl)-amide
Figure imgf000043_0005
Compound 52 2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrroi-2-ylme thylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- indole-1 -carboxylic acid (4-dimethy lam ϊno-phenyl)-amide
42
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000044_0001
Compound 55
(4-Bromo-phenyl)-{2-[5-(3,5-dimethy
Figure imgf000044_0002
l-i H-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-4-methox y-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-indol-1 -yl}-metha . Compound 58 none
4-{2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-y lmethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-y l]-indol-1 -ylrnethyl}-phenol
Figure imgf000044_0003
Figure imgf000044_0004
Compound 56
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme Compound 59 thylene)-4--isopropoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-y
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylme IJ-IH-indol-6-ol thylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- 1 H-indol-4-ol
Figure imgf000044_0005
Compound SO
Compound 57
6-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme
2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylme thylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]- thylene)-4-ϊsopropoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-y 5H-[1 ,3]dioκoio[4,5-f]indole Q-1 H-indol-4-ol
43
USlDOCS 550694IvI
Figure imgf000045_0001
Compound 61 Compound 64
2,2-Dimethyl-propionic acid 2-[5-(3
[2-(3,5-Dirnethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylmeth ,5-dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene ylene)-5-(1 H-indol-2-yl)-2H-pyrrol- )-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-indol-1 3-yl]-(4-methoxy-phenyl)-amine -ylmethyl ester
C
Figure imgf000045_0002
ompound 62
{2-[5-(3,5-Dimethyl-1H-pyrrol-2-ylm ethylene)-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl] -indol-1-yl}-acetic acid Compound 65
Sodium salt of Sulfuric acid mono- (2- {2-[5-(3 ,5-dimettiyl- lH-pyrrol- 2-ylmethylene)-4-nxethoxy-5H- pyrrol-2-yl]-indol-l-yl}-ethyl) ester
Figure imgf000045_0003
Compound 63
3-{5-[5-(1H-lndol-2-yl)-3-methoxy-p yrrol-2-ylidenemethyl]-2,4-dimethyl -1 H-pyrrol-3-yl}-propionic acid met hyl ester
44
USlDOCS 5506941vl and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
In a specific embodiment, a Triheterocyclic Compound that can be used with the methods of the invention is Compound 1 :
Figure imgf000046_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
In another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compound is Compound 1 tartrate salt. In even another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compound is Compound 1 mesylate salt.
5.2 THE TRIHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (Ib)
Triheterocyclic Compounds having the Formula (Ib)
Figure imgf000046_0002
(Ib)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein:
Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-R8 and R10-R13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ib).
In certain specific embodiments, -O-benzyl is unsubstituted. In certain specific embodiments, R7 is 3-methoxy benzyloxy.
45
USlDOCS 5506941vl In certain specific embodiments, -phenyl is unsubstituted.
In certain specific embodiments, Ri4 is phenyl dimethyl- amine. In even more specific embodiments, Ri is C(O)NHRi4 and R14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine.
In certain specific embodiments R.7 is -OCH2C(O)OC2Hs,
In certain specific embodiments, R14 is benzyloxy phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, Ri is C(O)NHRj4 and R14 is benzyloxy phenyl.
In certain specific embodiments, R14 is para-bromo-phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, R1 is -C(O)R14 and R14 is para-bromo-phenyl.
In certain specific embodiments, R3 is para-hydroxy-phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, Ym is -CH2- and R14 is para-hydroxy-phenyl .
In certain specific embodiments, R7 is -NH(phenyl)OCH3.
In certain specific embodiments R, 1 is -(CH2)2OS(O)2O".
In certain specific embodiments, R11 and Ri2 are not joined together with the carbon atom to which each is attached.
Compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) or Formula (Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used with the methods of the invention. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In even another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
The invention provides methods for treating or preventing arthritis, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib). hi other embodiments, a compound useful in the present methods is a compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In even another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
A first subclass of the. Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein: Q1 is -NH-; Q2 is -C(R3)-; Q3 is -C(R5)-; and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
46
USlDOCS 550694M A second subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
Q1 is -O~;
Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is -C(R5)-; and "
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A third subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
Q2 ' is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is -C(R5)-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A fourth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 is -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A fifth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 Is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is -N-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A sixth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is - C(R5)-;
Q4 is -CH-; and
R2 and R6 are -H.
A seventh subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 is -C(R3)-;
Q3 is - C(R5)-;
Q4 is -CH-; and
R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10-Ri3 are -H.
An eighth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) is that wherein:
47
USlDOCS 55Q6941vl Q1 is -NH-;
Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-;
Q3 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-;
Q4 is -CH-;
R2, R4, R6, R8 and R1O-RiS are -H; and
R7 is -0-(C1-C8 alkyl). >
A composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and Compound 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used with the methods of the invention. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In even another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
In other embodiments, a compound useful in the present methods is Compound 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In even another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
5.3 THE TRIHETERQCYCLIC COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (Ic) Compounds having the Formula (Ic) are as follows:
Figure imgf000049_0001
(Ic)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-; Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
48
USlDOCS 5506941vl R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR-. H, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)ORj4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(0)N(R14)2) - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)RJ4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(RH)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)RJ4, -NRI4CCS)RJ4, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(RH)2 ;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O)-C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)IN(Ru)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NRI4C(S)RH, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Y1n-(Rc), wherein -R0 is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -0-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nORi4, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2RH1 -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR1^, -NHS(O)2R14, -O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)πCH3, 0-C(S)RH, 0-C(S)ORJ4, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S}N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NRHC(S)R14, -NHC(SDNHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
R8 is -Y1n(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)IR14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2RH, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)NCRH)2, -
49
USlDOCS 5506941vl C(S)ORj4, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R1O, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, Ci-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), - N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), - NHQ=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(Rl4)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)R14, O-C(S)OR]4, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(Ri4)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N RJ4C(S)N(RH)2; or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
In certain specific embodiments, -O-benzyl is unsubstituted.
In certain specific embodiments, R7 is 3-methoxy benzyloxy.
In certain specific embodiments, -phenyl is unsubstituted.
In certain specific embodiments, R14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine. In even more specific embodiments, R1 is C(O)NHR14 and R14 is phenyl dimethyl-amine.
In certain specific embodiments R7 is -OCH2C(O)OC2H5.
In certain specific embodiments, Rj4 is benzyloxy phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, R1 is C(O)NHR14 and R14 is benzyloxy phenyl.
In certain specific embodiments, R14 is para-bromo-phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, R1 is -C(O)R14 and R14 is para-bromo-phenyl.
In certain specific embodiments, R3 is para-hydroxy-phenyl. In even more specific embodiments, Ym is -CH2- and RH is para-hydroxy-phenyl .
In certain specific embodiments, R7 is -NH(phenyl)0CH3.
In certain specific embodiments Rl is -(CH2)2OS(O)2O\
In certain specific embodiments, R11 and R12 are not joined together with the carbon atom, to which each is attached.
50
USlDOCS 5506941vl In another aspect, the invention provides pharmaceutical compositions comprising a compound of Formula (Ic), depicted above, wherein Q2 and Q3, R1-R8 and R1O-R1S are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ic).
In another aspect, the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the Formula (Ic), depicted above, wherein Q2 and Q3, RrR8 and RiO-R13 are defined above for the compounds of Formula (Ic). A composition comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and a compound of Formula (Ic) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used with the methods of the invention. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In even another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
In other embodiments, a compound useful in the present methods is a compound of Formula (Ic) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In even another embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
5.4 THE TRIHETERQCYCLIC COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (II)
Compounds having the Formula (II) are as follows:
Figure imgf000052_0001
(H)
and pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof, wherein: Q1, Q4, R6-R8 and R1O-RiS are defined above for the compounds of Formula (II).
A first subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-; and
Q4 Js -C(R9)-.
51
USlDOCS 5506941vl A second subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein.::
Q1 is -O- ; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A third subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
Q1 is -S-; and
Q4 is -C(R9)-.
A fourth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q4 is -CH-; and
R6 is -H.
A fifth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q4 is -CH-;
R6 is -H; and
R10-R13 are -H.
A sixth subclass of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (II) is that wherein:
Q1 is -NH-;
Q4 is -CH-;
R6 is -H;
Rs and R1O-R13 are -H; and
R7 is -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl).
Compositions comprising a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle and an effective amount of a compound of Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof can be used with the methods of the invention. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
The invention further provides methods for treating or preventing arthritis, comprising administering to a patient in need of such treatment or prevention an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof. In certain embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a tartrate salt. In other embodiments, the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is a mesylate salt.
52
USlDOCS 5506941vl 5.5 METHODS FOR MAKING THE TRIHETERQCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
Methods useful for making Triheterocyclic Compounds are described below.
Triheterocyclic Compounds can be obtained via standard, well-known synthetic methodology, see e.g. March, J. Advanced Organic Chemistry; Reactions Mechanisms, and Structure, 4th ed., 1992. Illustrative methods are described below. Starting materials useful for preparing the compounds of the invention and intermediates therefore, are commercially available or can be prepared from commercially available materials using known synthetic methods and reagents.
An example of a synthetic pathways useful for making the Triheterocyclic Compounds is set forth below and generalized in Scheme 1.
The Triheterocyclic Compounds can be obtained via conventional organic synthesis, e.g., as described below. Scheme 1 indicates a general method by which the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be obtained, wherein Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-Rs and R1O-R13 are defined above for the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formulas (Ia), (Ib) and (II).
53
USlDOCS 5506941vl Scheme 1
Figure imgf000055_0001
(iia)
Figure imgf000055_0002
For example, a commercially available or synthetically prepared pyrrolidinone of Formula (i) is subjected to a Vilsmeier formylation in the presence of phosphoryl bromide and alkyl formamide to provide a brominated pyrrolyl aldehyde of Formula (ii) or brominated pyrrolyl enamine (iia). The compound of Formula (ii) or (iia) is then subjected to a palladium or nickel-catalyzed cross-coupling reaction with a boronic acid of Formula (iii) to provide a diheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). The Compound of Formula (II) is then coupled under acidic conditions with a pyrrole of Formula (iv) to provide a Compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib). In an alternate embodiment, the Compound of Formula (II) is condensed with a Compound of Formula (v) (an anion of a Compound of Formula (iv)) to provide a Compound of Formula (Ia) or (Ib).
54
USlDOCS 5506941vl 5.5.1 MAKING THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (Ia) FROM THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (II) VIA ACID MEDIATED COUPLING
Methods for making Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia) are described below:
Figure imgf000056_0001
(Ia)
Such methods comprise contacting a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000056_0002
(H)
with a compound of Formula (iv)
Figure imgf000056_0003
(iv)
in the presence of an organic solvent and a protic acid, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make the compound of Formula (Ia) wherein Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-R8 and R10-R13 are defined above for the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ia).
55
USlDOCS 5506941vl The formation of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but not limited to, thin-layer chromatography ("TLC"), high-performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC"), gas chromatography ("GC"), and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy ("NMR") such as 1H or 13C NMR.
The concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the reaction mixture. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the reaction mixture.
The amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is typically present in at least about a 1.5-fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound Formula (II). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is at least about a 2-fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is at least about a 3 -fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
The amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.0001 to about 5 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.001 to about 3 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.01 to about 1 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
Suitable protic acids for use in the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, />-toluenesulfonic acid, p- bromobenzenesulfonic acid, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, /?-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonic acid, mixtures thereof and aqueous mixtures thereof, hi one embodiment, the protic acid is aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous hydrobromic acid.
56
USlDOCS 5506941vl The reaction mixture further comprises an organic solvent. Suitable organic solvents include, "but are not limited to alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and tert- butanol; and ethers, such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, THF and dioxane. In one embodiment, the solvent is methanol or ethanol.
In one embodiment, the reaction mixture is substantially anhydrous.
The amount of organic solvent in the reaction mixture is typically present at an amount of at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 10 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount tnat ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1 ,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
Typically, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 5 minutes to about 20 hours. In one embodiment, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 10 minutes hour to about 10 hours. In another embodiment, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 30 minutes to about 2 hours.
Typically, the reaction temperature ranges from about 25°C to about 100°C. In one embodiment, the reaction temperature ranges from about 25°C to about 40°C. In another embodiment, the reaction temperature is at about room temperature.
57
USlDOCS 55069-4IvI Typically, the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) is greater than about 70 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Compound of Formula (iv). In one embodiment, the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) is greater than about 75 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Compound of Formula (iv). In another embodiment, the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) is greater than about 80 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (iv).
5.5.2 METHOD FOR MAKING THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (Ia) FROM THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (II) VIA A CONDENSATION REACTION
Methods for making a Compound of Formula (Ia) are described below. Such methods comprise the steps:
(a) contacting a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000059_0001
(H)
with a compound of Formula (v)
Figure imgf000059_0002
(V)
wherein M is Li, INa, K, Rb or Cs,
58
USlDOCS 5506941vl in the presence of a substantially anhydrous, aprotic organic solvent, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make a compound of Formula (vi),
Figure imgf000060_0001
(Vi)
wherein M is defined as above; and
(b) protonating the compound of Formula (vi) with an H+ donor for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make the compound of Formula (Ia), wherein Qi-Q4, R2, R4, H6-Rs and R1O-Rn are defined above for the compounds of formula (Ia).
The formation of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ia) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to, TLC, HPLC, GC, and NMR, such as 1H or 13C NMR.
The concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture typically ranges from at>out 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the reaction mixture. In one embodiment, trie concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in trie reaction mixture ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the reaction mixture.
The amount of Compound of Formula (v) in the reaction mixture is typically between about an equimolar amount and about a 2-fold molar excess relative to an equivalent amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (v) in the reaction mixture is about equimolar relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). hi one embodiment, the reaction mixture is substantially anhydrous.
A Compound of Formula (v) can be prepared by deprotonating a Compound of Formula (iv) with a base, such as n-butyllithium, using methods that are well-known to those
59
USlDOCS 5506941vl of skill in the art of organic synthesis. For examples of methods useful for preparing a Compound of Formula (v) from a Compound of Formula (iv) using a base, see Martinez et al., J. Org. Chem., 46, 3760 (1981) and Minato et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 22:5319 (1981).
The reaction mixture also comprises a substantially anhydrous, aprotic organic solvent. Suitable aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to THF, DMF, DMSO, N- methylpyrrolidinone and diethyl ether. Such aprotic solvents may be made substantially anhydrous by being stored over a drying agent, being stored over molecular sieves, or by distillation.
In one embodiment, the aprotic solvent is substantially anhydrous THF, which has been distilled from sodium benzophenone ketyl.
The amount of organic solvent in the reaction mixture is typically at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 10 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
Typically, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -78 0C and about 1000C. In one embodiment, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -25 0C and about 75 0C. In another embodiment, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -10 0C and about 30 0C. Typically, step (a) is carried out for an amount of time
60
USlDOCS 5506941vl sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 85 percent of its original amount. In one embodiment, the amount of time is sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 90 percent of its original amount. In another embodiment, the amount of time is sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 93 percent of its original amount. The progress of the reaction can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to, any of those described above.
Typically, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 0.5 hours to about 48 hours. In one embodiment, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 2 hours to about 24 hours. In another embodiment, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 4 hours to 12 hours.
The method also comprises the step of protonating the Compound of Formula (vi) with an H+ donor.
Suitable H+ donors include, but are not limited to, water and a protic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, triϊluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, p-toluenesulf onic acid, p- bromobenzenesulfonic acid, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, p-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonic acid, and mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the acid is hydrochloric acid or hydrobromic acid. In another embodiment, the acid is aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous hydrobromic acid.
Typically, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 10 seconds to about 1 hour. In one embodiment, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 30 seconds to about 0.5 hours. In another embodiment, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 1 minute to about 10 minutes.
The Compound of Formula (Ia) can be isolated and purified as described above.
61
USlDOCS 5506941vl 5.5.3 MAKING THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (Ib) FROM THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (II) VIA ACID MEDIATED COUPLING
Methods for making Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib) are described below:
Figure imgf000063_0001
(Ib)
Such methods comprise contacting a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000063_0002
(II)
with a compound of Formula (iv)
Figure imgf000063_0003
(iv)
in the presence of an organic solvent and a protic acid, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make the compound of Formula (Ib) wherein Qi-Q4, R2, R4, R6-Rs and R10-R13 are defined above for the Triheterocyclic Compounds of Formula (Ib).
62
USlDOCS 5506941vl The formation of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but not limited to, thin-layer chromatography ("TLC"), high-performance liquid chromatography ("HPLC"), gas chromatography ("GC"), and nuclear magnetic resonance spectroscopy ("NMR") such as 1H or 13C NMR.
The concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the reaction mixture. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the reaction mixture.
The amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is typically present in at least about a 1.5-fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound Formula (II). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is at least about a 2-fold molar excess to about a 10-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iv) in the reaction mixture is at least about a 3-fold molar excess to about a lO-fold molar excess relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
The amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.0001 to about 5 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.001 to about 3 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the amount of protic acid in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.01 to about 1 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
Suitable protic acids for use in the methods of the invention include, but are not limited to, hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, /7-toluenesulfonic acid, p- bromobenzenesulfonic acid, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, p-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonic
63
USlDOCS 5506941vl acid, mixtures thereof and aqueous mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the protic acid is aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous hydrobromic acid.
The reaction mixture further comprises an organic solvent. Suitable organic solvents include, but are not limited to alcohols, such as methanol, ethanol, isopropanol and tert- butanol; and ethers, such as diethyl ether, diisopropyl ether, THF and dioxane. In one embodiment, th.e solvent is methanol or ethanol.
In one embodiment, the reaction mixture is substantially anhydrous.
The amount of organic solvent in the reaction mixture is typically present at an amount of at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). hi another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 10 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction, mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). hi another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Xriheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
Typically, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 5 minutes to about 20 hours. In one embodiment, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 10 minutes hour to about 10 hours, hi another embodiment, the reaction proceeds for a time ranging from about 30 minutes to about 2 hours.
64
USlDOCS 5506941vl Typically, the reaction temperature ranges from about 250C to about 1000C. In one embodiment, the reaction temperature ranges from about 25°C to about 4O0C. Io another embodiment, the reaction temperature is at about room temperature.
Typically, the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) is greater than about 70 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Compound of Formula (iv). Jn one embodiment, the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) is greater than about 75 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Compound of Formula (iv). In another embodiment, the overall yield of the isolated and purified Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) is greater than about 80 percent based on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) or on the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (iv).
5.5.4 METHOD FOR MAKING THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (Ib) FROM THE COMPOUNDS OF FORMULA (II) VIA A CONDEIVSATION REACTION
Methods for making a Compound of Formula (Ib) are described below. Such methods comprise the steps:
(a) contacting a compound of Formula (II)
Figure imgf000066_0001
(H)
65
USlDOCS 5506941vl with a compound of Formula (v)
Figure imgf000067_0001
(V)
wherein M is Li, Na, K, Rb or Cs,
in the presence of a substantially anhydrous, aprotic organic solvent, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make a compound of Formula (vi),
Figure imgf000067_0002
(vi)
wherein 3VI is defined as above; and
(b) protonating the compound of Formula (vi) with an H+ donor for a time and at a temperature sufficient to make the compound of Formula (Ib), therein Q1-Q4, R2, R4, R6-Rs and RiO-R13 are defined above for the compounds of formula CIb).
The formation of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to, TLC, HPLC, GC, and NMR, such as 1H or 13C NMR.
The concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture typically ranges from about 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the reaction mixture. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formmla (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the reaction mixture. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Triheterocyclic
66
USlDOCS 5506941vl Compound of Formula (II) in the reaction mixture ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the reaction mixture.
The amount of Compound of Formula (v) in the reaction mixture is typically between about an equimolar amount and about a 2-fold molar excess relative to an equivalent amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (v) in the reaction mixture is about equimolar relative to the amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
In one embodiment, the reaction mixture is substantially anhydrous.
A Compound of Formula (v) can be prepared by deprotonating a Compound of Formula (iv) with a base, such as n-butyllit±iium, using methods that are well-known to those of skill in the art of organic synthesis. For examples of methods useful for preparing a Compound of Formula (v) from a Compound of Formula (iv) using a base, see Martinez et al., J. Org. Chan., 46, 3760 (1981) and Minato et al., Tetrahedron Lett., 22:5319 (1981).
The reaction mixture also comprises a substantially anhydrous, aprotic organic solvent. Suitable aprotic solvents include, but are not limited to THF, DMF, DMSO, N- methylpyrrolidinone and diethyl ether. Such, aprotic solvents may be made substantially anhydrous by being stored over a drying agent, being stored over molecular sieves, or by distillation.
In one embodiment, the aprotic solvent is substantially anhydrous THF, which has been distilled from sodium benzophenone ketyl.
The amount of organic solvent in the reaction mixture is typically at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 10 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per
67
USlDOCS 5506941vl equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in the reaction mixture in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II).
Typically, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -78 0C and about 100 0C. In one embodiment, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -25 0C and about 75 0C. In another embodiment, step (a) is carried out at a temperature of between about -10 0C and about 30 0C. Typically, step (a) is carried out for an amount of time sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 85 percent of its original amount. In one embodiment, the amount of time is sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 90 percent of its original amount. In another embodiment, the amount of time is sufficient to provide a reaction mixture having an amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) that has decreased by at least about 93 percent of its original amount. The progress of the reaction can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to, any of those described above.
Typically, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 0.5 hours to about 48 hours. In one embodiment, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 2 hours to about 24 hours. In another embodiment, step (a) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 4 hours to 12 hours.
The method also comprises the step of protonating the Compound of Formula (vi) with an H+ donor.
Suitable H+ donors include, but are not limited to, water and a protic acid, such as hydrochloric acid, hydrobromic acid, hydroiodic acid, hydrofluoric acid, sulfuric acid, perchloric acid, nitric acid, methanesulfonic acid, ethanesulfonic acid, trifluoromethanesulfonic acid, benzenesulfonic acid, /?-toluenesulfonic acid, p- bromobenzenesulfonic acid, p-nitrobenzenesulfonic acid, /?-trifluoromethylbenzenesulfonic acid, and mixtures thereof. In one embodiment, the acid is hydrochloric acid or hydrobromic acid. In another embodiment, the acid is aqueous hydrochloric acid or aqueous hydrobromic
USlDOCS 5506941vl acid. In one embodiment, the H+ donor is water. In another embodiment, the H+ donor is a protic acid.
Typically, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 10 seconds to about 1 hour. In one embodiment, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 30 seconds to about 0.5 hours. In another embodiment, step (b) is carried out for a time period ranging from about 1 minute to about 10 minutes.
The Compound of Formula (Ib) can be isolated and purified as described above.
5.5.5 METHOD FOR MAKING THE COMPOUNDS QF FORMULA (II) USING A BORONIC ACID
Methods for making a compound of Formula (II) are described below.
Figure imgf000070_0001
(ID
Such methods comprise contacting a compound of Formula (ii) or a compound of Formula (ϋa)
Figure imgf000070_0002
(ii)
Figure imgf000070_0003
(iia)
69
USlDOCS 5506941vl with a compound of Formula (iii)
Figure imgf000071_0001
(iii)
in the presence of an organic solvent, a base, and a Ni or Pd catalyst, for a time and at a temperature sufficient to form a compound of Formula (II), wherein Q1, Q4, R6-R8 and R1O-RB are defined above for the compounds of formula (II) and wherein R15 is independently C1 to C8 alkyl, cycloalkyl or phenyl.
The formation of a Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (II) can be monitored using conventional analytical techniques, including, but are not limited to TLC, HPLC, GC, and NMR such as 1H or 13C NMR.
The concentration of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia) typically ranges from about 0.01 moles to about 3 moles per liter of the solvent. In one embodiment, the concentration of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia) ranges from about 0.05 moles to about 1 mole per liter of the solvent. In another embodiment, the concentration of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia) ranges from about 0.1 mole to about 0.5 moles per liter of the solvent.
The amount of Compound of Formula (iii) typically ranges from about one molar equivalent to about a 3-fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In one embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iii) ranges from about one molar equivalent to about a 2-fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the amount of Compound of Formula (iii) is about a 1.5- fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia).
Suitable bases useful in the methods include, but are not limited to, alkali metal carbonates, such as Na2CO3 and K2CO3; alkali earth and alkaline earth metal hydroxides, such as LiOH, NaOH, KOH, RbOH, CsOH, FrOH, Be(OH)2, Mg(OH)2, Ca(OH)2, Sr(OH)2, Ba(OH)2, and Ra(OH)2; and alkali earth and alkaline earth metal alkoxides, such as LiOR, NaOR, KOR, RbOR, CsOR, FrOR, Be(OR)2, Mg(OR)2, Ca(OR)2, Sr(OH)2, Ba(OR)2, and
70
USlDOCS 5506941vl Ra(OR)2, wherein R is an alkyl group such as, but not limited to, methyl, ethyl, n-butyl, t- butyl, or iso-propyl. Additional bases suitable for use in the method include sodium acetate, potassium acetate, KaPO4, TlOH, and hindered amines such as triethylamine and diisopropylethylamine. In one embodiment, the base is Ba(OH)2.
The amount of base typically ranges from about one molar equivalent to about a 3- fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In one embodiment, the amount of base is from about one molar equivalent to about a 2-fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the amount of base is about a 1.5-fold molar excess per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In an alternate embodiment, the amount of base and the amount of the Compound of Formula (iii) are equimolar.
Suitable Ni and Pd catalysts useful in the invention include, but are not limited to Pd(dppf)2Cl2, Pd(PPh3)4, Pd(dba)2(PPh3)2, Pd(PPh3)2Cl2, Pd(dba)2, Pd2(dba)3/P(OMe)3, Pd2(dba)3/P(t-butyl)3, NiCl2[P(OMe)3]2 , Ni(dppf)2Cl2, Ni(NEt2)2Cl2 and Ni(PPh3)4. In one embodiment, the catalyst is Pd(dppf)2Cl2.
The amount of Ni or Pd catalyst typically ranges from about 0.001 molar equivalents to about an equimolar amount per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). Lx one embodiment, the amount of catalyst typically ranges from about 0.01 molar equivalents to about 0.5 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the amount of catalyst in typically ranges from about 0.05 molar equivalents to about an 0.2 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia).
The amount of organic solvent is typically at least about 10 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that is at least about 20 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that is at least about 30 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that is at least about 40 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In one embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that ranges from about a 1 0 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount tfciat ranges from about a 20 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of
71
USlDOCS 5506941 vl the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that ranges from about a 30 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia). In another embodiment, the organic solvent is present in an amount that ranges from about a 40 molar equivalents to about 1,000 molar equivalents per equivalent of the Compound of Formula (ii) or (iia).
Typically, the time period ranges from about 1 hour to about 20 hours. In one embodiment, the time period ranges from about 1 hour to about 10 hours. In another embodiment, the time period ranges from about 2 hours to 6 hours.
Typically, the temperature ranges from about 25°C to about 1500C. In another embodiment, the temperature ranges from about 4O0C to about 1200C. In another embodiment, the temperature ranges from about 50°C to about 1000C.
Suitable solvents include, but are not limited to ethers, such as diethyl ether and diisoproplyl ether; THF, dioxane, DMF, DMF/water, DMSO, benzene and toluene.
In one embodiment, the solvent is a DMF/water mixture.
In a specific embodiment, the solvent is a 4: 1 DMF/water mixture.
The Compound of Formula (II) can be isolated and purified as described above for the Triheterocyclic Compound of Formula (Ib).
5.6 THERAPEUTIC/PROPHYLACTIC ADMINISTRATION AND
COMPOSITIONS
Due to their activity, Triheterocyclic Compounds are advantageously useful in veterinary and human medicine. For example, the Triheterocyclic Compounds are useful fox the treatment and/or prevention of arthritis.
The invention provides methods of treatment and prophylaxis by administration to a patient of an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound. The patient is an animal, including, but not limited, a human, mammal, or non-human animal such as a cow, horse, sheep, pig, chicken, turkey, quail, cat, dog, mouse, rat, rabbit, mouse or guinea pig, and is in one embodiment a mammal, including a human.
An effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound for the treatment and/or prevention of arthritis is an amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound that is sufficient to ameliorate one or more symptoms of arthritis.
72
USlDOCS 5506941vl The present compositions, which comprise an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound, can be administered by any convenient route, for example by infusion or bolus injection, by absorption through epithelial or mucocutaneous linings (e.g., oral mucosa, rectal and intestinal mucosa, etc.) and can be administered together with another biologically active agent. Administration can be systemic or local. In a specific embodiment, a Triheterocyclic Compound is administered directly into the joint that is affected by arthritis. Various delivery systems are known, e.g., encapsulation in liposomes, microparticles, microcapsules, capsules, etc., and can be used to administer a Triheterocyclic Compound. In certain embodiments, more than one Triheterocyclic Compound is administered to a patient. Methods of administration include but are not limited to intradermal, intramuscular, intraperitoneal, intravenous, subcutaneous, intranasal, epidural, oral, sublingual, intranasal, intracerebral, intravaginal, transdermal, rectally, by inhalation, or topically to the ears, nose, eyes, or skin. The mode of administration is left to the discretion of the practitioner, and will depend in-part upon the site of the medical condition (such as location and severity of the arthritis).
In specific embodiments, it may be desirable to administer one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds locally to the area in need of treatment. This may be achieved, for example, and not by way of limitation, by local infusion during surgery, topical application, e.g., in conjunction with a wound dressing after surgery, by injection, by means of a catheter, by means of a suppository, or by means of an implant, said implant being of a porous, non-porous, or gelatinous material, including membranes, such as sialastic membranes, or fibers, hi one embodiment, administration can be by direct injection at the site (or former site) of the arthritis. hi another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be delivered in a vesicle, in particular a liposome (see Langer, Science 249:1527-1533 (1990); Treat et al., in Liposomes in the Therapy of Infectious Disease and Cancer, Lopez-Berestein and Fidler (eds.), Liss, New York, pp. 353-365 (1989); Lopez-Berestein, ibid., pp. 317-327; see generally ibid.)
In yet another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be delivered in a controlled-release system. In one embodiment, a pump may be used (see Langer, supra; Sefton, CRC Crit. Ref. Biomed. Eng. 14:201 (1987); Buchwald et al., Surgery 88:507 (1980); Saudek et al., N. Engl. J. Med. 321:574 (1989)). In another embodiment, polymeric materials can be used (see Medical Applications of Controlled Release, Langer and Wise (eds.), CRC
73
USlDOCS 5506941vl Pres., Boca Raton, Florida (1974); Controlled Drug Bioavailability, Drug Product Design and Performance, Smolen and Ball (eds.), Wiley, New York (1984); Ranger and Peppas, J. Macromol. Sci. Rev. Macromol. Chem. 23:61 (1983); see also Levy et al., Science 228:190 (1985); During et al., Ann. Neurol. 25:351 (1989); Howard et al., J. Neurosurg. 71:105 (1989)). In yet another embodiment, a controlled-release system can be placed in proximity of the target of the Triheterocyclic Compounds, e.g. , the joint, thus requiring only a fraction of the systemic dose (see, e.g., Goodson, in Medical Applications of Controlled Release, supra, vol. 2, pp. 115-138 (1984)). Other controlled-release systems discussed in the review by Langer (Science 249:1527-1533 (1990)) may be used.
Compositions that can be used to treat and/or prevent arthritis comprise an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound and a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or vehicle.
In one embodiment, the term "pharmaceutically acceptable" means approved by a regulatory agency of the Federal or a state government or listed in the U.S. Pharmacopeia or other generally recognized pharmacopeia for use in animals, and more particularly in humans. The term "carrier" refers to a diluent, adjuvant, excipient, or vehicle with which a Triheterocyclic Compound is administered. Such pharmaceutical carriers can be liquids, such as water and oils, including those of petroleum, animal, vegetable or synthetic origin, such as peanut oil, soybean oil, mineral oil, sesame oil and the like. The pharmaceutical carriers can be saline, gum acacia, gelatin, starch paste, talc, keratin, colloidal silica, urea, and the like. In addition, auxiliary, stabilizing, thickening, lubricating and coloring agents may be used. When administered to a patient, the Triheterocyclic Compounds and pharmaceutically acceptable carriers can be sterile. In one embodiment, water is a carrier when the Triheterocyclic Compound is administered intravenously. Saline solutions and aqueous dextrose and glycerol solutions can also be employed as liquid carriers, particularly for injectable solutions. Suitable pharmaceutical carriers also include excipients such as starch, glucose, lactose, sucrose, gelatin, malt, rice, flour, chalk, silica gel, sodium stearate, glycerol monostearate, talc, sodium chloride, dried skim milk, glycerol, propylene, glycol, polyethylene glycol 300, water, ethanol, polysorbate 20, and the like. The present compositions, if desired, can also contain minor amounts of wetting or emulsifying agents, or pH buffering agents.
Formulations of Triheterocyclic Compounds for the treatment and prevention of arthritis can take the form of solutions, suspensions, emulsion, tablets, pills, pellets, capsules, capsules containing liquids, powders, sustained-release formulations, suppositories,
74
USlDOCS 5506941vl emulsions, aerosols, sprays, suspensions, or any other form suitable for use. In one embodiment, the pharmaceutically acceptable earner is a capsule (see e.g., U.S. Patent No. 5,698,155). Other examples of suitable pharmaceutical carriers are described in "Remington's Pharmaceutical Sciences" by E. W. Martin.
The phrase "pharmaceutically acceptable salt(s)," as used herein includes but are not limited to salts of acidic or basic groups that may be present in compounds used in the present compositions. Triheterocyclic Compounds included in the present compositions that are basic in nature are capable of forming a wide variety of salts with various inorganic and organic acids. The acids that may be used to prepare pharmaceutically acceptable acid addition salts of such basic compounds are those that form non-toxic acid addition salts, i.e., salts containing pharmacologically acceptable anions, including but not limited to sulfuric, citric, maleic, acetic, oxalic, hydrochloride, hydrobromide, hydroiodide, nitrate, sulfate, bisulfate, phosphate, acid phosphate, isonicotinate, acetate, lactate, salicylate, citrate, acid citrate, tartrate, oleate, tannate, pantothenate, bitartrate, ascorbate, succinate, maleate, gentisinate, fumarate, gluconate, glucaronate, saccharate, formate, benzoate, glutamate, methanesulfonate, ethanesulfonate, benzenesulfonate, p-toluenesulfonate, mesylate, hydroxyethyl sulfonate, and pamoate (Le., l,l'-methylene-bis-(2-hydroxy-3-naphthoate)) salts. Triheterocyclic Compounds included in the present compositions that include an amino moiety may form pharmaceutically acceptable salts with various amino acids, in addition to the acids mentioned above. Compounds, included in the present compositions, that are acidic in nature are capable of forming base salts with various pharmacologically or-cosmetically acceptable cations. Examples of such salts include alkali metal or alkaline earth metal salts and, particularly, calcium, magnesium, sodium lithium, zinc, potassium, and iron salts.
In another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds are formulated in accordance with routine procedures as a pharmaceutical composition adapted for intravenous administration to human beings. Typically, Triheterocyclic Compounds for intravenous administration are solutions in sterile isotonic aqueous buffer. Where necessary, the compositions may also include a solubilizing agent. Compositions for intravenous administration may optionally include a local anesthetic such as lignocaine to ease pain at the site of the injection. Generally, the ingredients are supplied either separately or mixed together in unit dosage form, for example, as a dry lyophilized powder or water free concentrate in a hermetically sealed container such as an ampoule or sachette indicating the quantity of active agent. Where the Triheterocyclic Compound is to be administered by
75
USlDOCS 5506941vl infusion, it can be dispensed, for example, with an infusion bottle containing sterile pharmaceutical grade water or saline. Where the Triheterocyclic Compound is administered by injection, an ampoule of sterile water for injection or saline can be provided so that the ingredients may be mixed prior to administration.
Compositions for oral delivery may be in the form of tablets, lozenges, aqueous or oily suspensions, granules, powders, emulsions, capsules, syrups, or elixirs, for example. Orally administered compositions may contain one or more optionally agents, for example, sweetening agents such as fructose, aspartame or saccharin; flavoring agents such as peppermint, oil of wintergreen, or cherry; coloring agents; and preserving agents, to provide a pharmaceutically palatable preparation. Moreover, where in tablet or pill form, the compositions may be coated to delay disintegration and absorption in the gastrointestinal tract thereby providing a sustained action over an extended period of time. Selectively permeable membranes surrounding an osmotically active driving compound are also suitable for orally administered Triheterocyclic Compounds. In these later platforms, fluid from the environment surrounding the capsule is imbibed by the driving compound, which swells to displace the agent or agent composition through an aperture. These delivery platforms can provide an essentially zero order delivery profile as opposed to the spiked profiles of immediate release formulations. A time-delay material such as glycerol monostearate or glycerol stearate may also be used. Oral compositions can include standard carriers such as mannitol, lactose, starch, magnesium stearate, sodium saccharine, cellulose, or magnesium carbonate. Such carriers can be of pharmaceutical grade.
The amount of the Triheterocyclic Compound that is effective in the treatment of a particular disorder or condition can depend on the nature of the disorder or condition, and can be determined by standard clinical techniques. In addition, in. vitro or in vivo assays may optionally be employed to help identify optimal dosage ranges. The precise dose to be employed in the compositions can also depend on the route of administration, and the seriousness of the disease or disorder, and can be decided according to the judgment of the practitioner and each patient's circumstances. However, suitable effective dosage ranges for treatment and prevention are generally about 0.1 to about 5 mg, in one embodiment about 0.5 to about 3 mg of Triheterocyclic Compound per kilogram body weight. In specific embodiments, the dose is about 0.1 to about 0.5 mg/kg, about 0.3 to about 0.8 mg/kg, about 0.8 to about 1.2 mg/kg, about 1.2 to about 2.0 mg/kg, or about 2.0 to about 3.0 mg/kg (or the equivalent doses expressed per square meter of body surface area). Alternatively, a suitable
76
USlDOCS 550694IvI dose range for i.v. administration may be obtained using doses of about 8 to about 500 mg, without adjustment for a patient's body weight or body surface area. Suitable dosage ranges for intranasal administration are generally about 0.01 pg/kg body weight to 1 mg/kg body weight. Suppositories generally contain 0.5% to 10% by weight of one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds alone or in combination with another therapeutic agent. Oral compositions can contain about 10% to about 95% by weight of one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds alone or in combination with another therapeutic agent. In specific embodiments of the invention, suitable dose ranges for oral administration are generally about 0.1 to about 20 mg, in one embodiment, about 0.5 to about 10 mg, and in another embodiment about 1 to about 5 mg of Triheterocyclic Compound per kilogram body weight or their equivalent doses expressed per square meter of body surface area. In specific embodiments the oral dose is about 1 to about 7.5 mg/kg, about 7.5 to about 10 mg/kg, about 10 to about 12.5 mg/kg, about 12.5 to about 15 mg/kg, or about 15 to about 20 mg/kg (or the equivalent doses expressed per square rneter of body surface area). In another embodiment, a suitable dose range for oral administration, from about 20 to about 2000 mg, without adjustment for a patient's body weight or body surface area. Other effective doses may be extrapolated from dose-response curves derived from in vitro or animal model test systems. Such animal models and systems are well known in the art.
The invention also provides pharmaceutical packs or kits comprising one or more containers containing one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds. Optionally associated with such container(s) can be a notice in the form prescribed by a governmental agency regulating the manufacture, use or sale of pharmaceuticals or biological products, which notice reflects approval by the agency of manufacture, use or sale for human administration. In certain embodiments, e.g., when administered for the treatment or prevention of cancer, the kit may also contain one or more chemotherapeutic agents useful for treating cancer or a neoplastic disease to be administered in combination with a Triheterocyclic Compound.
In one embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be assayed in vitro, and then in vivo, for the desired therapeutic or prophylactic activity, prior to use in humans. For example, in vitro assays can be used to determine whether administration of a specific Triheterocyclic Compound or combination of Triheterocyclic Compounds is preferred.
In one embodiment, a patient tissue sample is grown in culture, and contacted or otherwise administered with a Triheterocyclic Compound, and the effect of such Triheterocyclic Compound upon the tissue sample is observed and compared to a non-
77
USlDOCS 5506941vl contacted tissue. In other embodiments, a cell culture model is used in which the cells of the cell culture are contacted or otherwise administered with a Triheterocyclic compound, and the effect of such. Triheterocyclic Compound upon the tissue sample is observed and compared to a non-contacted cell culture. Generally, a lower level of proliferation or survival of the contacted cells compared to the non-contracted cells indicates that the Triheterocyclic Compound is effective to treat a the patient. Such Triheterocyclic Compounds may also be demonstrated effective and safe using animal model systems.
Other methods will be known to the skilled artisan and are within the scope of the invention.
5.7 TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF ARTHRITIS
In certain embodiments, the methods for treating or preventing arthritis can be treated and/or prevented by administering a Triheterocyclic Compound in combination with other treatment of arthritis.
In one embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds can be used for treating or preventing rheumatoid arthritis.
In certain embodiments, the arthritis can be treated and/or prevented by administering a Triheterocyclic Compound in combination with other treatment of arthritis. Such other treatments include, but not limited to, treatment with aspirin and cortisone (corticosteroids), gold (Gold thioglucose (Solganal), gold thiomalate (Myochrysine), and auranofin (Ridaura)), methotrexate, and hydroxychloroquine (Plaquenil). Other therapeutic agents include acetylsalicylate (Aspirin), naproxen (Naprosyn), ibuprofen (Advil, Medipren, Motrin), and etodolac (Lodine), corticosteroids, sulfasalazine (Azulfidine), D-penicillamine (Depen, Cuprimine), immunosuppressive medicines (methotrexate (Rheumatrex, Trexall), azathioprine (Imuran), cyclophosphamide (Cytoxan), chlorambucil (Leukeran), and cyclosporine (Sandimmune)), leflunomide (Arava), etanercept (Enbrel), infliximab (Remicade), anakinra (Kineret), and adalimumab (Humira).
The Triheterocyclic Compounds may also be used for the treatment of arthritis such as, but not limited to, Ankylosing Spondylitis, Carpal Tunnel Syndrome, Childhood Arthritis, Chronic B ack Injury, Diffuse Idiopathic Skeletal Hyperostosis (DISH), Felty's Syndrome, Fibromyalgia, Gout, Infectious Arthritis, Lupus, Lyme Disease, Osteoarthritis, Osteoporosis, Paget's Disease, Polymyalgia Rheumatica, Polymyositis and Dermatomyositis, Pseudogout,
78
USlDOCS 5506941vl Psoriatic Arthritis, Raynaud's Phenomenon, Reactive Arthritis, Repetitive Stress Injury, Scleroderma, and Sjogren's Syndrome.
5.7.1 EFFECTIVENESS OF A TRIHETERQCYCLIC COMPOUND FOR TREATING AND/OR PREVENTING RHEUMATOID ARTHRITIS
Trihetercyclic Compounds can be tested in the following in vivo models of rheumatoid arthritis.
Induction Adjuvant Arthritis In Rats
Arthritis is induced in Lewis rats (7 wks old male, weighing 200-250 g) by injecting, under ether anesthesia, 50μl of incomplete Freund's adjuvant solution (DIFCO, Detroit, Mich) containing 6 mg/ml of Mycobacterium Butyricum into the subplantar region of the left hind paw. Fourteen days after administration of the adjuvant, when the joint inflammation for all rats reaches the maximal in the experiment, the animals are divided into groups so that there are no significant differences between the groups in terms of the volume of the left hind leg of the animals. In addition, treatment with a Triheterocyclic Compound is started on day 15. The development of arthritis in left hind paw is monitored by Paw Volume Plethysmometer recording changes in paw volume (Kent Scientific Corporation, Torrington, CT). The inflammation rate is calculated by the following equation; inflammation rate (%) = (measured leg volume — leg volume without adjuvant)/(leg volume on Day 14 - leg volume without adjuvant) x 10O. The average (± SD) of the leg volume without the adjuvant is 1.5 ml (± 0.2 ml). Body weights are also monitored daily during the experiment. The swelling in the paw is also assessed using soft tissue on Day 21 (Jamieson TW, DeSmet AA, Cremer MA, Kage KL, Lindsler HB. Collagen-induced arthritis in rats. Assessment by serial magnification radiography. Invest Radiol 1985, 20:324-30). Normal and arthritic rats with the treatment are anesthetized with sodium pentobarbital (45 mg/kg, ip), placed on a radiographic box, and radiographs of the hind paws are obtained with a Philips xl2 machine (40 kW for 0.01 seconds).
Collagen Induced Arthritis (CIA) In Mice
Collagen-induced arthritis in mice is described, e.g., in Han S, Cao S, Bheekha- Excura R, and Zheng B. Germinal center reaction in the joints of mice with collagen-induced arthritis. Arthritis Rheurn 2001, 44:1438-43.
79
USlDOCS 5506941vl Male DBA/1 mice (8- 12 weeks old) are injected intradermally at the base of the tail with 200 microgram (in 200 microliter) of bovine type II collagen (CII) (Sigma, St. Louis, MO) dissolved in 0.05M acetic acid and emulsified in an equal volume of Freuαd's complete adjuvant (Sigma). In some experiments, animals are pretreated with an intraperitoneal injection of 300 ml of pristane (Sigma) 3 weeks prior to CII immunization. This pretreatment is associated with an increased incidence of disease and an accelerated onset of CIA.
Three weeks after primary immunization, mice are given an intraperitoneal booster injection of 100 microgram of aqueous CII mixed with 100 microgram of monophosphoryl lipid A 1 trehalose dicorynomycolate adjuvant (Sigma). Mice are observed daily for the onset of arthritis, and an arthritis index is derived by grading the severity of arthritis in each paw (from 0 to 3) as previously described (Holmdahl R, Jansson L, Larsson E, Rubin K, Klareskog L. Homologous type II collagen induces chronic and progressive arthritis in mice. Arthritis Rheum 1986, 29:106-13). The scoring system is based on the degree of swelling and periarticular erythema. Immunized animals develop CIA of various severities in 4-5 weeks after the first immunization. The scores of all four paws are summed to yield the arthritis index (Holmdahl R, Jansson L, Larsson E, Rubin K, Klareskog L. Homologous type II collagen induces chronic and progressive arthritis in mice. Arthritis Rheum 1986, 29:106-13).
For each mouse, the day when arthritis is first observed (grade 3) on either hind paw is designated as Day 0. From that day the mouse is treated with a Tiϊheterocyclic Compound.
5.8 INHIBITION OF CANCER AND NEOPLASTIC DISEASE
Triheterocyclic Compounds are also useful to treat and/or prevent cancer and/or neoplastic disease. The Triheterocyclic Compounds can to inhibit tumor cell proliferation, cell transformation and tumorigenesis in vitro and in vivo using a variety of assays known in the art, or described herein. Such, assays may use cells of a cancer cell line, or cells from a patient. Many assays well-known, in the art can be used to assess such survival and/or growth; for example, cell proliferation can be assayed by measuring (3H)-thymidϊne incorporation, by direct cell count, by detecting changes in transcription, translation or activity of known genes such as proto-oncogenes (e.g.,fos, myc) or cell cycle markers (Rb, cdc2, cyclin A, Dl, D2, D3, E, etc). The levels of such protein and rnRNA and activity can be determined by any method well known in the art. For example, protein can be quantitated by known immunodiagnostic methods such as Western blotting or immunoprecipitation using
80
USlDOCS 5506941vl commercially available antibodies (for example, many cell cycle marker antibodies are from Santa Cruz Inc.). mRNA can be quantitated by methods that are well known and routine in the art, for example by northern analysis, RNase protection, the polymerase chain reaction in connection with the reverse transcription, etc. Cell viability can be assessed by using trypan- blue staining or other cell death or viability markers known in the art. Differentiation can be assessed visually based on changes in morphology, etc.
The present invention provides for cell cycle and cell proliferation analysis by a variety of techniques known in th.e art, including but not limited to the following:
As one example, bromodeoxyuridine (BRDU) incorporation may be used as an assay to identify proliferating cells. The BRDU assay identifies a cell population undergoing DNA synthesis by incorporation of BREU into newly synthesized DNA. Newly synthesized DNA may then be detected using an anti-BRDU antibody {see Hoshino et al., 1986, Int. J. Cancer 38, 369; Campana et al., 1988, J. Immunol. Meth. 107, 79).
Cell proliferation may also be examined using (3H)-thymidine incorporation {see e.g., Chen, J., 1996, Oncogene 13:1395-403; Jeoung, J., 1995, J. Biol. Chem. 270:18367-73). This assay allows for quantitative characterization of S-phase DNA synthesis. In this assay, cells synthesizing DNA will incorporate (3H)-thymidine into newly synthesized DNA. Incorporation may then be measured by standard techniques in the art such as by counting of radioisotope in a Scintillation counter {e.g. Beckman LS 3800 Liquid Scintillation Counter).
Detection of proliferating cell nuclear antigen (PCNA) may also be used to measure cell proliferation. PCNA is a 36 kiilodalton protein whose expression is elevated in proliferating cells, particularly in early Gl and S phases of the cell cycle and therefore may serve as a marker for proliferating cells. Positive cells are identified by immunostaining using an anti-PCNA antibody {see Li et al., 1996, Curr. Biol. 6:189-199; Vassilev et al., 1995, J. Cell Sci. 108:1205-15).
Cell proliferation may be measured by counting samples of a cell population over time {e.g. daily cell counts). Cells may be counted using a hemacytometer and light microscopy (e.g. HyLite hemacytometer, Hausser Scientific). Cell number may be plotted against time in order to obtain a growth curve for the population of interest. In a specific embodiment, cells counted by this method are first mixed with the dye Trypan-blue (Sigma), such that living cells exclude the dye, and are counted as viable members of the population.
DNA content and/or mitotic index of the cells may be measured, for example, based on the DNA ploidy value of the cell. For example, cells in the Gl phase of the cell cycle
81
USlDOCS 550694lvl generally contain a 2N DNA ploidy value. Cells in which DNA has been replicated but have not progressed through mitosis (e.g. cells in S-phase) will exhibit a ploidy value higher than 2N and up to 4N DNA content. Ploidy value and cell-cycle kinetics may be further measured using propidum iodide assay (see e.g. Turner, T., et al., 1998, Prostate 34: 175-81). Alternatively, the DNA ploidy may be determined by quantitation of DNA Feulgen staining (which binds to DNA in a stoichiometric manner) on a computerized microdensitometrystaining system (see e.g., Bacus, S., 1989, Am. J. Pathol.135:783-92). In an another embodiment, DNA content may be analyzed by preparation of a chromosomal spread (Zabalou, S., 1994, Hereditas.120: 127-40; Pardue, 1994, Meth. Cell Biol. 44:333- 351).
The expression of cell-cycle proteins (e.g., CycA. CycB, CycE, CycD, cdc2, Cdk4/6, Rb, p21, p27, etc.) provide crucial information relating to the proliferative state of a cell or population of cells. For example, identification in an anti-proliferation signaling pathway may be indicated by the induction of p21cipl. Increased levels of p21 expression in cells results in delayed entry into Gl of the cell cycle (Harper et al., 1993, Cell 75:805-816; Li et al., 1996, Curr. Biol. 6:189-199). p21 induction may be identified by immunostaining using a specific anti-p21 antibody available commercially (e.g. Santa Cruz). Similarly, cell-cycle proteins may be examined by Western blot analysis using commercially available antibodies. In another embodiment, cell populations are synchronized prior to detection of a cell cycle protein. Cell cycle proteins may also be detected by FACS (fluorescence-activated cell sorter) analysis using antibodies against the protein of interest.
Detection of changes in length of the cell cycle or speed of cell cycle may also be used to measure inhibition of cell proliferation by the Triheterocyclic Compounds of the Invention. In one embodiment the length of the cell cycle is determined by the doubling time of a population of cells (e.g., using cells contacted or not contacted with one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds). In another embodiment, FACS analysis is used to analyze the phase of cell cycle progression, or purify Gl, S, and G2/M fractions (see e. g., Delia, D. et al., 1997, Oncogene 14:2137-47).
Lapse of cell cycle checkpoint(s), and/or induction of cell cycle checkpoint(s), may be examined by tixe methods described herein, or by any method known in the art. Without limitation, a cell c;ycle checkpoint is a mechanism which ensures that a certain cellular events occur in a particular order. Checkpoint genes are defined by mutations that allow late events to occur without pxior completion of an early event (Weinert, T., and Hartwell, L., 1993,
82
USlDOCS 550694M Genetics, 134:63-80). Induction or inhibition of cell cycle checkpoint genes may be assayed, for example, by Western blot analysis, or by immunostaining, etc. Lapse of cell cycle checkpoints may be further assessed by the progression of a cell through the checkpoint without prior occurrence of specific events (e.g. progression into mitosis without complete replication of the genomic DNA).
In addition to the effects of expression of a particular cell cycle protein, activity and post-translational modifications of proteins involved in the cell cycle can play an integral role in the regulation and proliferative state of a cell. The invention provides for assays involved in detecting post-translational modifications (e.g. phosphorylation) by any method known in the art. For example, antibodies that detect phosphorylated tyrosine residues are commercially available, and may be used in Western blot analysis to detect proteins with such modifications. In another example, modifications such as myristylation, may be detected on thin layer chromatography or reverse phase h.p.l.c. {see e.g., Glover, C, 1988, Biochem. J. 250:485-91; Paige, L., 1988, Biochem J.;250:485-91).
Activity of signaling and cell cycle proteins and/or protein complexes is often mediated by a kinase activity. The present invention provides for analysis of kinase activity by assays such as the histone Hl assay (see e.g., Delia, D. et al., 1997, Oncogene 14:2137-47).
Trie Triheterocyclic Compounds can also alter cell proliferation in cultured cells in vitro using methods which are well known in the art. Specific examples of cell culture models include, but are not limited to, for lung cancer, primary rat lung tumor cells (Swafford et al., 1997, MoI. Cell. Biol, 17:1366-1374) and large-cell undifferentiated cancer cell lines (Mabry et al., 1991, Cancer Cells, 3:53-58); colorectal cell lines for colon cancer (Park and Gazdar, 1996, J. Cell Biochem. Suppl. 24:131-141); multiple established cell lines for breast cancer (Hambly et al., 1997, Breast Cancer Res. Treat. 43:247-258; Gierthy et al., 1997, Chemosphere 34:1495-1505; Prasad and Church, 1997, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun. 232:14-19); a number of well-characterized cell models for prostate cancer (Webber et al., 1996, Prostate, Part 1, 29:386-394; Part 2, 30:58-64; and Part 3, 30:136-142; Boulikas, 1997, Anticancer Res. 17:1471-1505); for genitourinary cancers, continuous human bladder cancer cell lines (Ribeiro et al., 1997, Int. J. Radiat. Biol. 72:11-20); organ cultures of transitional cell carcinomas (Booth et al., 1997, Lab Invest. 76:843-857) and rat progression models (Vet et al., 1997, Biochim. Biophys Acta 1360:39-44); and established cell lines for leukemias and
83
USlDOCS 5506941vl lymphomas (Drexler, 1994, Leuk. Res. 18:919-927, Tohyama, 1997, Int. J. Hematol. 65:309-317).
The Triheterocyclic Compounds can also inhibit cell transformation (or progression to malignant phenotype) in vitro. In this embodiment, cells with a transformed cell phenotype are contacted with one or more Triheterocyclic Compounds, and examined for change in characteristics associated with a transformed phenotype (a set of in vitro characteristics associated with a tumorigenic ability in vivo), for example, but not limited to, colony formation in soft agar, a more rounded cell morphology, looser substratum attachment, loss of contact inhibition, loss of anchorage dependence, release of proteases such as plasminogen activator, increased sugar transport, decreased serum requirement, or expression of fetal antigens, etc. (see Luria et al., 1978, General Virology, 3d Ed., John Wiley & Sons, New York, pp. 436-446).
In one embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds are cytotoxic
In another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds demonstrate a higher level of cytotoxicity in cancer cells than in non-cancer cells.
Loss of invasiveness or decreased adhesion may also be used to demonstrate the anticancer effects of the Triheterocyclic Compounds. For example, a critical aspect of the formation of a metastatic cancer is the ability of a precancerous or cancerous cell to detach from primary site of disease and establish a novel colony of growth at a secondary site. The ability of a cell to invade peripheral sites is reflective of a potential for a cancerous state. Loss of invasiveness may be measured by a variety of techniques known in the art including, for example, induction of E-cadherin-mediated cell-cell adhesion. Such E-cadherin-mediated adhesion can result in phenotypic reversion and loss of invasiveness (Hordijk et al., 1997, Science 278: 1464-66).
Loss of invasiveness may further be examined by inhibition of cell migration. A variety of 2-dimensional and 3 -dimensional cellular matrices are commercially available (Calbiochem-Novabiochem Corp. San Diego, CA). Cell migration across or into a matrix may be examined by microscopy, time-lapsed photography or videography, or by any method in the art allowing measurement of cellular migration. In a related embodiment, loss of invasiveness is examined by response to hepatocyte growth factor (HGF). HGF-induced cell scattering is correlated with invasiveness of cells such as Madin-Darby canine kidney (MDCK) cells. This assay identifies a cell population that has lost cell scattering activity in response to HGF (Hordijk et al., 1997, Science 278:1464-66).
84
USlDOCS 550694N1 Alternatively, loss of invasiveness may be measured by cell migration through a chemotaxis chamber (Neuroprobe/ Precision Biochemicals Inc. Vancouver, BC). In such assay, a chemo-attractant agent is incubated on one side of the chamber (e-.g., the bottom chamber) and cells are plated Qn a filter separating the opposite side (e.g., the top chamber). In order for cells to pass from the top chamber to the bottom chamber, the cells must actively migrate through small pores in the filter. Checkerboard analysis of the nuanber of cells that have migrated may then be correlated with invasiveness (see e.g., Ohnishi, T., 1993, Biochem. Biophys. Res. Commun.l93:518-25).
The Triheterocyclic Compounds can also inhibit tumor formation in vivo. A vast number of animal models of hyperproliferative disorders, including tumorϊgenesis and metastatic spread, are known in the art (see Table 317-1, Chapter 317, "Principals of Neoplasia," in Harrison's Principals of Internal Medicine, 13th Edition, Isselbacher et al., eds., McGraw-Hill, New York, p. 1814, and Lovejoy et al., 1997, J. PathoL. 181:130-135). Specific examples include for lung cancer, transplantation of tumor nodules into rats (Wang et al., 1997, Ann. Thorac. Surg. 64:216-219) or establishment of lung cancer metastases in SCID mice depleted of NK cells (Yono and Sone, 1997, Gan To Kagaku RLyoho 24:489-494); for colon cancer, colon cancer transplantation of human colon cancer cells into nude mice (Gutman and Fidler, 1995, World J. Surg. 19:226-234), the cotton top tamarin model of human ulcerative colitis (Warren, 1996, Aliment. Pharmacol. Ther. 10 Supp 12:45-47) and mouse models with mutations of the adenomatous polyposis tumor suppressor (Polakis, 1997, Biochim. Biophys. Acta 1332:F127-F147); for breast cancer, transgenic models of breast cancer (Dankort and Muller, 1996, Cancer Treat. Res. 83:71-88; Amundadittir et al., 1996, Breast Cancer Res. Treat. 39:119-135) and chemical induction of tumors in rats (Russo and Russo, 1996, Breast Cancer Res. Treat. 39:7-20); for prostate cancer, chemically-induced and transgenic rodent models, and human xenograft models (Royai et al., 1996, Semin. Oncol. 23:35-40); for genitourinary cancers, induced bladder neoplasm in rats and mice (Oyasu, 1995, Food Chem. Toxicol 33:747-755) and xenografts of human transitional cell carcinomas into nude rats (Jarrett et al., 1995, J. Endourol. 9:1-7); and for hematopoietic cancers, transplanted allogeneic marrow in animals (Appelbaum, 1997, Leukemia 11 (Suppl. 4):S15-S17). Further, general animal models applicable to many types of cancer have been described, including, but not restricted to, the p53-deficient mouse model (Donehower, 1996, Semin. Cancer Biol. 7:269-278), the Min mouse (Shoemaker et al., 1997, B iochem. Biophys.
» 85
USlDOCS 5506941vl Acta, 1332:F25-F48), and immune responses to tumors in rat (Frey, 1997, Methods, 12:173-188).
For example, a Triheterocyclic Compound can be administered to a test animal, in one embodiment, a test animal predisposed to develop a type of tumor, and the test animal subsequently examined for a decreased incidence of tumor formation in comparison with controls to which are not administered the Triheterocyclic Compound. Alternatively, a Triheterocyclic Compound can be administered to test animals having tumors (e.g. _. animals in which tumors have been induced by introduction of malignant, neoplastic, or transformed cells, or by administration of a carcinogen) and subsequently examining the tumors in the test animals for tumor regression in comparison to controls to which are not administered the Triheterocyclic compound.
5.9 TREATMENT QR PREVENTION OF CANCER OR A NEOPLASTIC DISEASE FURTHER COMPRISING ADMINISTERING CHEMOTHERAPY OR
RADIOTHERAPY
Cancer or a neoplastic disease, including, but not limited to, neoplasms, tumors, metastases, or any disease or disorder characterized by uncontrolled cell growth, can be treated or prevented by administration of an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound.
The methods for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease may further comprise administering an. anti-cancer, chemotherapeutic agent including, but not limited to, methotrexate, taxol, mercaptopurine, thioguanine, hydroxyurea, cytarabine, cyclophosphamide, ifosfarnide, nitrosoureas, cisplatin, carboplatin, mitomycin, dacajbazine, procarbazine, etoposides, campathecins, bleomycin, doxorubicin, idarubicin, daunoriαbicin, dactinomycin, plicamycin, mitoxantrone, asparaginase, vinblastine, vincristine, vinoαelbine, paclitaxel, and docetaxel. In another embodiment, the anti-cancer agents is one or more of those presented below in Table 1.
_____
Radiation: γ-radiation
Radiation Therapy enhancer: Efaproxiral Sodium
Motexafin Gadolinium
86
USlDOCS 5506941 vl Alkylating agents
Mechlorethamine
Ivlelphalan
Procarbazine
Streptozocin
TTemozolomide
Thiotepa
Porfiromycin
Altretamine
Nitrogen mustards: cyclophosphamide
Ifosfamide
Trofosfamide
Chlorambucil
EJendamustine
Nitrosoureas: carmustine (BCNU)
Lomustine (CCNU)
Estramustine
Fotemustine
NTimustine
Ranimustine
Alkylsulphonates Bxisulfan
Treosulfan
Triazenes: •Dacarbazine
Platinum containing compounds: Cisplatin caxboplatin
Nedaplatin Oxaliplatin
Plant Alkaloids
Homoharringtonine
Vinca alkaloids: Vincristine
Vinblastine
87
USlDOCS 5506941 vl Viαdesine
Vϊnorelbine
Vinflunine
Taxoids: Paclitaxel
Docetaxol
DNA Topoisomerase Inhibitors
Amsacrine
Dexrazoxane
Epipodophyllins: Etoposide
Teniposide
Topotecan
9-aminocamptothecin irinotecan
Crisnatol
Nitrocamptothecin
Camptothecin
CKD-602
Sobuzoxane
Elinafide
Anti-metabolites
Thiogαanine
Cytarabine
Tegafur
Pentostatin
Gemcitabine
Capecitabine
Anti-folates:
Nolatrexed dihydrochloride Pemetrexed disodium
DHFR inhibitors: Methotrexate
USlDOCS 5506941vl Trimetrexate
IMP dehydrogenase Inhibitors: mycophenolic acid
Tiazofurin Ribavirin EICAR
Ribonuclotide reductase Inhibitors: Hydroxyurea
Deferoxamine
Pyrimidine analogs: Uracil analogs 5-Fhαorouracil Floxuridine Doxifmridine Ratitxexed
Cytosine analogs cytarabine (ara C) Cytosine arabinoside Fludarabine
Nucleoside analogs Troxacitabine
Purine analogs: Mercaptopurine Thioguanine Clofarabine Fludarabine phosphate
Hormonal therapies:
Estramustine
Receptor antagonists: Anti-estrogens Tamoxifen
Raloxifene
Megestrol
Anti-androgens: Flutarnide
Bicalutamide
Nilutamide
EGFR antagonist Erlinotib
89
USlDOCS 5506941vl Estrogen receptor modifier: Arzoxifene Androgens Fluoxyrnesterone Progestational agent Medroxyprogesterone Acetate LHRH agonists: Goserelin Leuprolide acetate Triptorelin pamoate
Retinoids/Deltoids Vitamin D3 analogs: EB 1089 CB 1093 KH 1060
Vitamin A derivative Isotretinoin Tretinoin
Retinoid Bexarotene
Photodyamic therapies: Vertoporfin (BPD-MA) Phthalocyanine photosensitizer Pc4 Demethoxy-hypocrellin A (2BA-2-DMHA)
Cytokines: Interferon-α Interferon-γ Interferon-β Tumor necrosis factor
Others:
Cladribine
Exisulind
Fenretimide
Irofulven
Leucovorin calcium
Mitotane
ONYX-015
90
USlDOCS 5506941vl Prednisone
Raltitrexed
Suramin
Thalidomide
Tipifarnib.
Tirapazamide
Toremifene
Enzyme Asparaginase
Isoprenylation inhibitors: Lovastatin
Dopaminergic neurotoxins: l-rnethyl-4-phenylpyridinium ion
Kinase inhibitors: Staurosporine
Imatinib mesylate
Gefitinib
Bryostatin-1
Flavopridol
Erlotinib
Isis 3521
Proteosome inhibitors: Bortezomib PS-341
Aromatase inhibitors: Aminoglutethemine Anastrozole Exemestane Letrozole
Antibiotics: Mitoxantrone Plicamycin
Actinomycins: Actinomycin D
91
USlDOCS 5506941vl Dactinomycin
Mvtomycins Mytomycin C Bleomycins: Bleomycin A2 Bleomycin B2 Peplomycin
Anthracyclines: Daunorubicin
Doxorubicin (adriamycin)
Idarubicin
Epirabicin
Pirarubicin
Zorubicin
Mitoxantrone
Valrubicin
Amrabicin
Antibodies: Trastuzumab
Bevacizumab
Alemtuzumab
Gemtuzumab ozogamicin
Daclizumab
Edrecolomab
Tositumomab, iodine 1131
Muromonab-CD3
Ibritumomab tiuxetan
Rituximab
Cetuximab
Vaccine: CEA vaccine HSPPC-96 Melanoma theraccine
MDR inhibitors verapamil
92
US IDOCS 550694'lvl Antiangiogenic agents: AE-941
Arsenic trioxide Ca2+ATPase inhibitors: Thapsigargin
In other embodiments, the methods for treating or preventing cancer or neoplastic disease further comprise administering radiation therapy and/or one or more chemotherapeutic agents, in one embodiment where the cancer has not been found to "be refractory. The Triheterocyclic Compound can be administered to a patient that has also undergone surgery as treatment for the cancer.
In another specific embodiment, the invention provides a method to treat or prevent cancer that has shown to be refractory to treatment with a chemotherapy and/or radiation therapy.
In a specific embodiment, an effective amount of a Triheterocyclic Compound is administered concurrently with chemotherapy or radiation therapy. In another specific embodiment, chemotherapy or radiation therapy is administered prior or subsequent to administration of a Triheterocyclic Compound, such as at least an hour, five hours, 12 hours, a day or a week subsequent to or prior to administration of the Triheterocyclic Compound.
If the Triheterocyclic Compound is administered prior to administering chemotherapy or radiation therapy, the chemotherapy or radiation therapy is administered while the Triheterocyclic Compound is exerting its therapeutic or prophylactic effect. If the chemotherapy or radiation therapy is administered prior to administering a Triheterocyclic Compound, the Triheterocyclic Compound is administered while the chemotherapy or radiation therapy is exerting its therapeutic effect.
The chemotherapeutic agents can be administered in a series of sessions, any one or a combination of the chemotherapeutic agents listed above can be administered. With respect to radiation therapy, any radiation therapy protocol can be used depending upon the type of cancer to be treated. For example, but not by way of limitation, x-ray radiation can be administered; in particular, high-energy megavoltage (radiation of greater that 1 MeV energy) can be used for deep tumors, and electron beam and ortho voltage x-ray radiation can be used for skin cancers. Gamma-ray emitting radioisotopes, such as radioactive isotopes of radium, cobalt and other elements, may also be administered to expose tissues to radiation.
93
USlDOCS 5506941vl Additionally, the invention provides methods of treatment of cancer or neoplastic disease with a Triheterocyclic Compound as an alternative to chemotherapy or radiation therapy where the chemotherapy or the radiation therapy has proven or may prove too toxic, e.g., results in unacceptable or unbearable side effects, for the patient being treated. The patient being treated with the present compositions may, optionally, be treated with other cancer treatments such as surgery, radiation therapy or chemotherapy, depending on which treatment is found to be acceptable or bearable.
5.10 CANCER AND NEOPLASTIC DISEASE TREATABLE OR PREVENTABLE
Cancers or neoplastic diseases and related disorders that can be treated or prevented by administration of a Triheterocyclic Compound include but are not limited to those listed in Table 2 (for a review of such disorders, see Fishman et al., 1985, Medicine, 2d Ed., J.B. Lippincott Co., Philadelphia):
TABLE 2 CANCERS AND NEOPLASTIC DISORDERS
Leukemia acute leukemia acute t-cell leukemia acute lymphocytic leukemia acute myelocytic leukemia myeloblastic promyelocytic niyelomonocytic Monocytic erythroleukemia chronic leukemia chronic myelocytic (granulocytic) leukemia chronic lymphocytic leukemia
Hairy cell leukemia Polycythemia vera Lymphoma
Hodgkin's disease non-Hodgkin's disease Multiple myeloma Waldenstrom's macroglobulinemia Heavy chain disease Myelodysplastic syndrome Solid tumors sarcomas and carcinomas
94
USlDOCS 5506941vl fibrosarcoma myxosarcoma liposarcoma chondrosarcoma osteogenic sarcoma chordoma angiosarcoma endotheliosarcoma lymphangiosarcoma lymphangioendotheliosarcoma synovioma mesothelioma
Ewing's tumor leiomyosarcoma rhabdomyos arcoma colon carcinoma pancreatic cancer breast cancer ovarian cancer prostate cancer squamous cell carcinoma basal cell carcinoma adenocarcinoma sweat gland carcinoma sebaceous gland carcinoma papillary carcinoma papillary adenocarcinomas cystadenocarcinoma medullary carcinoma bronchogenic carcinoma renal cell carcinoma hepatoma bile duct carcinoma choriocarcinoma seminoma embryonal carcinoma
Wilms' tumor cervical cancer uterine cancer testicular tumor lung carcinoma small cell lung carcinoma bladder carcinoma epithelial carcinoma glioma astrocytoma medulloblastoma craniopharyngioma ependymoma pinealoma
95
USlDOCS 5506941vl hemangioblastoma acoustic neuroma oligodendroglioma meningioma melanoma neuroblastoma retinoblastoma anal carcinoma rectal carcinoma cancer of unknown primary thyroid carcinoma gastric carcinoma head and neck carcinomas non- small cell lung carcinoma
In specific embodiments, cancer, malignancy or dysproliferative changes (such as metaplasias and dysplasias), or hyperproliferative disorders, are treated or prevented in the ovary, breast, colon, lung, skin, pancreas, prostate, bladder, or uterus. In other specific embodiments, sarcoma, melanoma, or leukemia is treated or prevented.
In another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds are used to treat or prevent cancers including prostate (in one embodiment, hormone-insensitive), Neuroblastoma, Lymphoma (in one embodiment, follicular or Diffuse Large B-cell), Breast (in one embodiment, Estrogen- receptor positive), Colorectal, Endometrial, Ovarian, Lymphoma (in one embodiment, non-Hodgkin's), Lung (in one embodiment, Small cell), or Testicular (in one embodiment, germ cell).
In certain specific embodiments, the cancer to be treated is Acute Lymphoblastic Leukemia (ALL), Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML), Acute Myeloid Leukemia/Other Myeloid Malignancies, Adrenocortical Carcinoma, AIDS-related Lymphoma, AIDS-related Malignancies, Alveolar Soft Part Sarcoma, Anal Cancer, Anaplastic Astrocytoma, Anaplastic Carcinoma, Thyroid, Angiosarcoma, Astrocytomas/Gliomas, Atypical Teratoid Rhabdoid Tumor, Basal Cell Carcinoma, Bile Duct Cancer, Bladder Cancer, Brain Stem Glioma (low grade and high grade), Burkitt's Lymphoma, Cancer of Unknown Primary (CUP), Carcinoid Tumor (gastrointestinal - usually appendix), Cervical Cancer, Childhood Leukemia, Childhood Hodgkin's Disease, Childhood Liver Cancer, Childhood Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma, Childhood Rhabdomyosarcoma, Childhood Soft Tissue Sarcoma, Cholangiocarcinoma (cancer of the bile ducts), Chondromsarcoma, Chordoma, Choroid Plexus Tumors, includes choroid plexus carcinoma & papilloma, Chronic Myelogenous Leukemia (CML), Clear Cell Sarcoma, CNS Lymphoma, Colon Cancer,
96
USlDOCS 5506941vl Craniopharyngiomas, Cutaneous T-CeIl Lymphoma, Dermatofibrosarcoma Protuberans, Ductal Carcinoma - Invasive, Ductal Carcinoma in Situ (DCIS) (Non-invasive), Endometrial Cancer, Ependymoma, Epithelioid Sarcoma, Esophageal, Ewings Tumors and Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors, Extraskeletal Chondrosarcoma, Extraskeletal Osteosarcoma, Fibrilary Astrocytoma, Fibrosarcoma, Follicular Carcinoma of Thyroid, Gallbladder Cancer, Gastric (stomach) Cancer, Gastrointestinal Stromal Tumor (GIST), Germ Cell Tumor, Germinoma, Germ Cell Tumor, Mixed Germ Cell Tumor, Gestational Trophoblastic Tumor (GTD) (placenta), Glioblastoma Multiformae (Also known as Astrocytoma Grade IV), Gliomas/ Astrocytoma, Granular Cell Myoblastoma, Hairy Cell Leukemia, Hemangiosarcoma, Hepatobiliary, Hepatocellular (primary liver cancer), Hodgkin's Disease, Hurthle Cell Carcinoma of the Thyroid, Hypopharyngeal Cancer, Inflammatory Breast, Islet Cell Carcinoma (endocrine pancreas), Kaposi's Sarcoma, Kidney (Renal Cell) Cancer, Laryngeal Cancer, Leiomyosarcoma, Leukemia, Lip and Oral Cavity Cancer, Liposarcoma, Liver Cancer, Adult Primary (hepatocellular carcinoma), Liver cancer, Metastatic Lobular Carcinoma - Invasive, Lobular Carcinoma in Situ (LCIS) (Non-invasive), Lung Cancer, Lymphangiosaroma, Lymphoma, Male Breast Cancer, Malignant Fibrous Histiocytoma (MFH), Malignant Hemangiopericytoma, Malignant Mesenchymoma, Malignant Mesothelioma, Malignant Peripheral Nerve Sheath Tumor, Malignant Schwannoma, Malignant Thymoma, Medullary Carcinoma of the Thyroid, Medulloblastoma, Melanoma, Meningiomas, Mesenchymoma, Mesothelioma, Merkel Cell Carcinoma, Metastatic Cancer (may include lung, brain, spine, bone, lymph nodes, other), Multiple Myeloma/Plasma Cell Neoplasm, Mycosis Fungoides, Myelodysplastic Syndrome, Myeloproliferative Disorders, Nasopharyngeal Cancer, Neuroblastoma, Neurofibrosarcoma, Nipple (Paget's Disease of the Breast), Non-Hodgkin's Lymphoma (NHL), Non-Small Cell Lung, Oligodendroglioma, Oropharyngeal. Cancer, Osteosarcoma, Ovarian Epithelial Cancer, Ovarian Germ Cell Tumor, Ovarian Low Malignant Potential Tumor, Pancreatic Cancer, Papillary Carcinoma of the Thyroid, Paranasal Sinus and Nasal Cavity Cancer, Parathyroid Cancer, Penile Cancer, Peripheral Neuroectodermal Tumors, Pheochromocytoma (adrenal cancer), Pilocytic Astrocytoma, Pineal Parenchymal Tumor, Pineal Tumors, includes Pineoblastoma, Pituitary Tumor, includes Pituitary Adenoma, Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors (Ewing's family of tumors), Primitive Neuroectodermal Tumors, Supratentorial, Primary Central Nervous System Lymphoma (CNS Lymphoma), Prostate Cancer, Rectal Cancer, Renal Pelvis and Ureter Cancer, Transitional Cell, Retinoblastoma, Rhabdomyosarcoma, Salivary Gland
97
USlDOCS 5506941vl Cancer, Schwannomas, Sezary Syndrome, Small Cell Lung, Small Intestine Cancer, Squamous Cell Neck Cancer, Stomach (Gastric) Cancer, Synovial sarcoma, T-CeIl Lymphoma, Cutaneous, Testicular Cancer, Thyroid Cancer, Urethral Cancer, Uterine Sarcoma, Vaginal Cancer, Visual Pathway and Hypothalamic Glioma, Vulvar Cancer, Waldenstrom's Macroglobulinemia, Wilms' Tumor and Other Childhood Kidney Tumors.
In another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds are used to inhibit the growth of a cell derived from a cancer or neoplasm such as prostate (in one embodiment, hormone- insensitive), Neuroblastoma, Lymphoma (in one embodiment, follicular or Diffuse Large B- cell), Breast (in one embodiment, Estrogen-receptor positive), Colorectal, Endometrial, Ovarian, Lymphoma (in one embodiment, non-Hodgkin's), Lung (in one embodiment, Small cell), or Testicular (in one embodiment, germ cell).
In specific embodiments of the invention, the Triheterocyclic CJompounds are used to inhibit the growth of a cell, said cell being derived from a cancer or neoplasm in Table 2 or herein.
5.11 INHIBITION OF VIRUSES AND VIRAL INFECTIONS
The Triheterocyclic Compounds can also be used to treat and/or prevent viral infections.
The Triheterocyclic Compounds can inhibit the replication or infectivity of a virus or a virus-infected cell in vitro or in vivo using a variety of assays known in the art, or described herein. In certain embodiments, such assays may use cells of a cell line, or cells from a patient. In specific embodiments, the cells may be infected with a virus prior to the assay, or during the assay. The cells may be contacted with a virus, hi certain other embodiments, the assays may employ cell-free viral cultures.
In one embodiment, a Triheterocyclic Compound is demonstrated to have activity in treating or preventing viral disease by contacting cultured cells that exhibit an indicator of a viral reaction {e.g., formation of inclusion bodies) in vitro with the Triheterocyclic Compound, and comparing the level of the indicator in the cells contacted with the Triheterocyclic Compound with the level of the indicator in cells not so contacted, wherein a lower level in the contacted cells indicates that the Triheterocyclic Compound has activity in treating or preventing viral disease. Cell models that can be used for such assays include, but are not limited to, viral infection of T lymphocytes (Selin et al., 1996, J. Exp. Med. 183:2489-
98
USlDOCS 5506941vl 2499); hepatitis B infection of dedifferentiated hepatoma cells (Raney et al., 1997, J. Virol. 71:1058-1071); viral infection of cultured salivary gland epithelial cells (Clark et al., 1994, Autoimmunity 18:7-14); synchronous HIV-I infection of CD4+ lymphocytic cell lines (Wainberg et al., 1997, Virology 233:364-373); viral infection of respiratory epithelial cells (Stark et al., 1996, Human Gene Ther. 7:1669-1681); and amphotrophic retroviral infection of NIH-3T3 cells (Morgan et al., 1995, J. Virol. 69:6994-7000).
In another embodiment, a Triheterocyclic Compound can be demonstrated to have activity in treating or preventing viral disease by administering a Triheterocyclic Compound to a test animal having symptoms of a viral infection, such as characteristic respiratory symptoms in animal models, or which test animal does not exhibit a viral reaction and is subsequently challenged with an agent that elicits an viral reaction, and measuring the change in the viral reaction after the administration of the Triheterocyclic Compound, wherein a reduction in the viral reaction or a prevention of the viral reaction indicates that the Triheterocyclic Compound has activity in treating or preventing viral disease. Animal models that can be used for such assays include, but are not limited to, guinea pigs for respiratory viral infections (Kudlacz and Knippenberg, 1995, Inflamm. Res. 44:105-110); mice for influenza virus infection (Dobbs et al., 1996, J. Immunol. 157:1870-1877); lambs for respiratory syncitial virus infection (Masot et al., 1996, Zentralbl. Veterinarmed. 43:233- 243); mice for neurotrophic virus infection (Barna et al., 1996, Virology 223:331-343); hamsters for measles infection (Fukuda et al., 1994, Acta Otolaryngol. Suppl (Stockh.) 514:111-116); mice for encephalomyocarditis infection (Hirasawa et al., 1997, J. Virol. 71:4024-4031); and mice for cytomegalovirus infection (Orange and Biron, 1996, J. Immunol. 156: 1138-1142). In certain embodiments of the invention more than one Triheterocyclic Compound is administered to a test animal, virus, or viral-infected cell.
5.12 VIRUSES AND VIRAL INFECTIONS
Viruses and viral infections that can be treated or prevented by administering a Triheterocyclic Compound include but are not limited to those listed in Table 3 including, but not limited to, DNA viruses such as hepatitis type B and hepatitis type C virus; parvoviruses, such as adeno-associated virus and cytomegalovirus; papovaviruses such as papilloma virus, polyoma viruses, and SV40; adenoviruses; herpes viruses such as herpes simplex type I (HSV-I), herpes simplex type II (HSV-II), and Epstein-Barr virus; poxviruses, such as variola
99
USlDOCS 5506941vl (smallpox) and vaccinia virus; and RNA viruses, such as human immunodeficiency virus type I (HIV-I), human immunodeficiency virus type II (HIV-II), human T-cell lymphotropic virus type I (HTLV-I), human T-cell lymphotropic virus type II (HTLV-II), influenza virus, measles virus, rabies virus, Sendai virus, picornaviruses such as poliomyelitis virus, coxsackieviruses, rhinoviruses, reoviruses, togaviruses such as rubella virus (German measles) and Semliki forest virus, arboviruses, and hepatitis type A virus.
In a one embodiment of the invention, the Triheterocyclic Compounds are used to treat or prevent a viral infection associated with a virus as listed in Table 3. In another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds are used to inhibit the replication or infectivity of a virus listed in Table 3. In yet another embodiment, the Triheterocyclic Compounds are used to inhibit the growth of a cell infected with a virus listed in Table 3.
TABLE 3
Herpesviruses: EBV
HHV-8 (KSHV)
Herpesvirus saimiri
Adenoviruses: AU strains
Retroviruses: HIV-I and 2 HTLV-I
Human Papillomaviruses: HPV - all strains
Birnaviruses: Infectious pancreatic necrosis virus Other: African Swine Fever virus (all strains)
5.13 PRODRUGS
In yet other embodiments, the Triheterocyclic Compound is a prodrug of Compound 1. In more specific embodiments, the prodrug of Compound 1 is Compound 66 or Compound 67 or pharmaceutically acceptable salts thereof.
Prodrugs of the Triheterocyclic Compounds may also be used to treat and/or prevent arthritis. Illustrative prodrugs of the Triheterocyclic Compounds are described below:
100
USlDOCS 550694IvI
Figure imgf000102_0001
Compound 66 Compound 67
Phosphoric acid mono-(2-{2-[5-(3,5-
Phosphoric acid mono-[2-(3-{2-[5-(3 dimethyl-1 H-pyrrol-2-ylmethylene)-4 ,5-dimethyl-1 H~pyrrol-2-ylmethylene )-4-methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-indol-1 -methoxy-5H-pyrrol-2-yl]-indole-1-c -yl}-1 ,1 -dimethyl-3-oxo-propyl)-3-m arbonyl}-benzyl) ester ethyl-phenyl] ester
In certain embodiments, the invention provides methods for treating arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to the patient an effective amount of Compound 66 or Compound 67. Illustrative methods for synthesizing Compound 66 or Compound 67, respectively, are described in Example 4.
Prodrugs of Triheterocyclic Compounds include derivatives of Triheterocyclic Compounds that can hydrolyze, oxidize, or otherwise react under biological conditions (in vitro or in vivo) to provide an active Triheterocyclic Compound of the invention. Examples of prodrugs include, but are not limited to, derivatives and metabolites of a compound of the invention that include biohydrolyzable moieties such as biohydrolyzable amides, biohydrolyzable esters, biohydrolyzable carbamates, biohydrolyzable carbonates, and biohydrolyzable phosphate analogues. In certain embodiments, prodrugs of Triheterocyclic Compounds with carboxyl functional groups are the lower alkyl esters of the carboxylic acid. The carboxylate esters are conveniently formed by esterifying any of the carboxylic acid moieties present on the molecule. Prodrugs can typically be prepared using well-known methods, such as those described by Burger's Medicinal Chemistry and Drug Discovery 6th ed. (Donald J. Abraham ed., 2001, Wiley) and Design and Application of Prodrugs (H. Bundgaard ed., 1985, Harwood Academic Publishers Gmfh). Biohydrolyzable moieties of a Triheterocyclic Compounds 1) do not interfere with the biological activity of the compound but can confer upon that compound advantageous properties in vivo, such as uptake, duration of action, or onset of action; or 2) are biologically inactive but are converted in vivo to the
101
USlDOCS 5SQ6941vl biologically active compound. Examples of biohydrolyzable esters include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl esters, alkoxyacyloxy esters, alkyl acylamino alkyl esters, and choline esters. Examples of biohydrolyzable amides include, but are not limited to, lower alkyl amides, α-amino acid amides, alkoxyacyl amides, and alkylaminoalkylcarbonyl amides. Examples of biohydrolyzable carbamates include, but are not limited to, lower alkylamines, substituted ethylenediamines, aminoacids, hydroxyalkylamines, heterocyclic and heteroaromatic amines, and polyether amines.
6. EXAMPLES
6.1 EXAMPLE 1
Compound 1 hydrochloride was prepared as shown in Scheme 2a below.
Scheme 2a
Figure imgf000103_0001
Preparation of 5-bromo-3-methoxypyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde B To a solution of phosphoryl bromide (220 mol%, 5.58 g) in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) was added DMF (220 mol%, 1.4 mL) dropwise over 2 minutes. The resulting reaction mixture was stirred at room temperature for 30 min and concentrated in vacuo to provide the Vilsmeyer complex as a white solid. After drying in vacuo for Ih, the white solid was suspended in dry dichloromethane (20 mL) and cooled to 0 0C. A solution of 4-methoxy-3- pyrrolin-2-one (A) (Ig, 8.84 mmol) in dichloromethane (10 mL) was added dropwise and the
102
USlDOCS 550694W1 resulting reaction mixture was stirred at 0 0C for 30 min, then at room temperature for 20 h. The mixture was poured onto ice (75 mL), treated with aqueous NaOH 4N (50 mL), diluted with EtOAc (100 mL), and stirred for 15 min. The layers were separated, and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 60 mL). The combined organic layers were washed with brine (3 x 200 mL,), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to afford a crude residue that was purified using flash column chromatography over silica gel with a gradient elution of 0-20% EtOAC/Hexanes to provide Compound B as a white solid. NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 3.95 (s, 3H); 5.90 (s, IH); 9.30 (s, IH), 9.92-10.34 (bs, IH). m/z: 205.1 [M+ 1]
Preparation of 5-indolyl-3- methoxypyrrole-2-carboxaldehvde C To a mixture of Compound B (120 mg, 0.60 mmol), iV-Boc-indoleboronic acid (150 mol%, 230 mg), barium hydroxide octahydrate (150 mol%, 278mg) and dicloro(diphenylphosphiinoferrocene)palladium(II) (10 mol%, 48 mg), was added a degassed mixture of 4:1 DMF/water (15 mL, 0.04M). The mixture was stirred for 3 h at 80 0C, then diluted with EtOAc (2O mL) and water. The resulting solution was filtered, through a pad of Celite and the layers were separated. The organic layer was washed with brine (3 x 50 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and concentrated in vacuo to provide a crude residue that was purified using flash column chromatography over silica gel with a gradient elution of 0-75% EtOAC/Hexanes to pro "vide Compound C as a green solid. 1H NMR(300 MEHz, CD3OD): δ (ppm) 3.95 (s, 3H); 6.4O (s, IH); 6.95 (s, IH); 7.00 (t, IH); 7.15 (t, IH); 7.35 (d, IH); 7.54 (d, IH); 9.33 (s, IH). m/z: 241.17 [M+l]
Preparation of Compound 1 hydrochloride
To a solution of" Compound C (2 mg, 8μmol) and 2,4-dimethylpyrrole (100 mol%, 0.8 mg) in methanol (0.4 nxL) was added 1 drop of saturated methanolic HCl. The resulting dark red solution was stirred for 1 h at room temperature. The reaction mixture was concentrated in vacuo and the resulting residue was dried in vacuo to provide Compound. 1 hydrochloride. NMR 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): S (ppm) 2.33 (s, 3H); 2.63 (s, 3H); 4.04 (s, 3H); 6.10 (s, IH); 6.30 (s, IH); 7.07-7.16 (m, 3H); 7.30 (t, IH); 7.60 (d, 2H); 12.22-12.38 (bs, IH); 12.90-13.10 (bs, IH). m/z: 319.17 [M+l].
Preparation of Compound 1 Tartrate
103
USlDOCS 550694IvI About one gram of Compound 1 hydrochloride was dissolved in 100 mL of ethylacetate and washed with 5% NaOH solution (2 x 20 mL) (until the water layer has a pH between 9 and 10). The resulting organic layer was then separated, dried and evaporated to obtain Compound 1 (free base).
About five grams of Compound 1 were transferred to a freeze-dry flask, and 100 ml of acetonitrile was added. The resulting orange suspension was agitated for one minute. Then 50 ml of distilled water and 2.36 g of L-tartaric acid was added. The resulting red-to- purple mixture was agitated for 5 minutes. Another 50 ml of distilled water was added, and the thick brown suspension was agitated for 5 minutes. The freeze-dry flask containing the suspension was immediately cooled to a temperature of between -53 to -78 0C to freeze the suspension. The flask was then installed on a freeze dryer and vacuum was applied. The flask was maintained under a pressure of less than 50 mTorr (0.07 mbar) until the material was dry, providing Compound 1 Tartrate as a red-to-brown amorphous powder.
Compound 1 hydrochloride was also prepared as shown in Scheme 2b below.
Scheme 2b
Figure imgf000105_0001
Synthesis of 5-brorao-3-methoxypyrromethene (B')
To a mixture of diethylformamide (3 eq, 5.8 mL) and chloroform (5 mL) at 00C was added dropwise a solution of phosphorus oxybromide (2.5 eq, 12.6 g) in chloroform (15 mL). The resulting suspension was stirred at 0 0C for 30 min, and the sol "vent was removed by rotary evaporation to obtain the Vilsmeier complex as a white solid. After drying in vacuo
104
USlDOCS 5506941vl for 20 min, the solid was treated with chloroform (10 mL) and cooled to 0 0C. A solution of 4-methoxy-3-pyrrolin-2-one (A, 2 g, 17.7 mmol) in chloroform (20 mL) was added dropwise and the mixture was warmed to room temperature, then heated at 60 0C for 5h. The mixture was poured onto ice (75 mL), and the pH of the aqueous solution was adjusted to pH 7-8 by treatment with NaOH 2N. EtOAc (40 mL) was added to the resulting precipitate and the mixture was filtered over Celite® to remove the black solid containing phosphorus salts.
The two layers were separated and the aqueous layer was extracted with EtOAc (3 x 100 mL). The organic layers were combined, washed with brine (3 x 200 mL), dried over Na2SO4, filtered and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to furnish the crude enamine intermediate B'.
The residue was filtered over a pad of silica gel (50 mL) using a 10% EtOAC/Hexianes as eluent to obtain the enamine as an oil, which upon drying in vacuo lead to a beige solid.
Yield: 3.20 g, 70%. M/Z: 260.1 [M+l]
RMNT 1H (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.24-1.37 (m, 6H); 3.31-3.46 (q, 2H); 3.76 (s, 3H), 4.03-4.18 (q, 2H); 5.58 (s, 3H); 6.98 (s, 3H).
Synthesis 5-indolyI-3- niethoxypyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde (C)
To a degassed solution of toluene (1.5 mL) were added Pd(OAc)2 (0.1 eq, 86 mg) and PPh3 (0.45 eq, 456 mg). The mixture immediately became bright yellow and was stirred at 70 0C for 20 min under N2.
A solution of 5-bromo-3-methoxypyrromethene (B', 1.17 g, 4.51 mmol) and N-Boc- indoleboronic acid (B", 1.1 eq, 1.29 g) in 10% water/dioxane (15mL) was degassed and purged with 3SJ2. The solution was transferred to the suspension of Pd(PPh3)4 in toluene followed by the addition of Na2CO3 (3.0 eq, 1.23g). The mixture was stirred for 3h at 100 0C, then treated with NaOMe (1.0 eq, 244 mg). The mixture was stirred for 15 min at 100 0C, then treated with anodier portion of NaOMe (1.0 eq, 244 mg) and stirred at 100 0C for 10 min.
The mixture was poured onto water (100 mL), the pH of the solution was lowered to pH 7 with 2NT HCl and the mixture was stirred for 10 min. The brown precipitate was recovered by filtration over a fritted disc funnel and washed with water (2 x 50 mL). The
105
USlDOCS 5506941vl precipitate was dissolved in acetone and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The resulting solid was treated with 5 niL of CHCl3 and Et2O (10 niL) and the solution was let stand for 5 min until a yellow solid was obtained, which was filtered over a fritted disc funnel. The yellow solid was washed with 10 niL of CHCl3 then 2 x 10 mL Et2O.
The desired 5-indolyl-3- methoxypyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde (C) is thus obtained as a yellow solid and used without further purification.
Yield: 807 mg, 75%. M/Z: 241. 17 [M+H+1]
RMN 1H C300 MHz, CD3OD): δ (ppm) 3.95 (s, 3H); 6.40 (s, IH); 6.95 (s, IH); 7.00 (t, IH); 7.15 (t, IH); 7.35 (d, IH); 7.54 (d, IH); 9.33 (s, IH).
Condensation of 5-indolyI-3-methoxypyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde (C) with 2,4- diraethylpyrrole
To a suspension of 5-indolyl-3- methoxypyrrole-2-carboxaldehyde (C, 200 mg, 0.83 mmol) and 2,4-dimethylpyrrole (1.1 eq, 94 μL) in methanol (8.3 mL) was added a solution of methanolic HCl (200 μL). The solution immediately turned dark pink and was stirred for 2h at room temperature. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the solid was dissolved in EtOA-C (30 mL). . The organic phase was washed with aqueous JsTaHCO3 (sat., 2 x 60 mL), brine (2 x. 60 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2CO3, filtered and evaporated.
The product was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-30% EtOAc/Hexanes as eluent.
Yield: 237 mg, 90%. M/Z: 319.17 [M+l]
RMN 1H (300 MHz, Acetone-^): S (ppm) 2.13 (s, 3H); 2.21 (s, 3H); 4.00 (s, 3H); 5.81 (s, IH); 6.44 <s, IH); 6.88-7.22 (m, 5H); 8.02 (d, IH).
6.2 EXAMPLE 2
106
USlDOCS 550694M The following examples describe the use of Triheterocyclic Compounds for treatment of cancer. The skilled artisan will appreciate that certain techniques, such as formulation of the Triheterocyclic Compound, administration of the Triheterocyclic Compound, and monitoring for any side effects, can be similarly applied to the use of Triheterocyclic Compounds for the treatment and/or prevention of arthritis.
Effects of Compound 1 Tartrate on cancer cell viability in virro
To demonstrate the effect of Compound 1 Tartrate on cell viability, cellular ATP levels were measured before and after treating selected cell lines with Compound 1 Tartrate. Selected cell lines included C33A cervical carcinoma cells, Mrc-5 normal hrng fibroblasts, PC-3 human prostatic carcinoma cell line, OVCAR-3 human ovarian carcinoma cell line, H460 non-small cell lung cancer cell line, A549 human lung carcinoma cell line, H1299 human non-small cell lung cancer cells, MCF-7 human breast cancer cell line, SW-480 human adenocarcinoma cell line, B 16-Fl mouse melanoma cell line (American Type Culture Collection, Manassas, VA USA), HMEC normal mammary epithelial cells (Clonetics San Diego, CA, USA) and ADR-RES human breast cancer cell line (NCI, MD, OSA), which were cultured in the media recommended by the American Type Culture Collection. The cells lines were plated in 96-well microtiter plates (PerkinElmer Life Sciences Inc, Boston, MA, USA) at a confluency that allowed them to reach confluence after 4 days of growth. One day after plating, the cells were treated with various concentrations of Compound 1 Tartrate. Stock solutions of the Compound 1 Tartrate were prepared in dimethyl sulfoxide (Sigma- Aldrich Inc., St. Louis, Missouri, USA), diluted in the recommended media and then added to the cells. The total dimethyl sulfoxide on the cells was 1%. After 3 days of iixcubation the ATP levels in the cells were quantified using a luminescent ViaLight detection system (Bio- Whittaker, MD, USA). The results were plotted relative to untreated control cells, which were set at a value of 100.
As illustrated in the bar graph of Figure 1, Compound 1 Tartrate has a. significantly greater effect on ATP levels in cancer cells than in normal cells. Measurements of ATP levels 72 hours after treatment with 0.5 μM Compound 1 Tartrate indicate that Compound 1 Tartrate was significantly more effective at lowering ATP levels in the cancer cell lines H1299 and C33A compared with the ATP levels in normal cell lines HMEC and MRC-5. These results demonstrate that Compound 1 Tartrate is selectively cytotoxic to cancer cells and is useful for treating or preventing cancer, particularly lung or cervical caαncer.
107
USlDOCS 5506941vl To further demonstrate the efficacy of Compound 1 Tartrate as an anti-cancer agent, the effect of various concentrations of Compound 1 Tartrate on cellular ATP levels in ten different cancer cell lines was evaluated. As depicted in Table 3, Compound 1 Tartrate showed greater efficacy in decreasing cellular ATP levels in the cancer cell lines than in tke HMEC normal mammary epithelial cell line. These results demonstrate that Compound 1 Tartrate is a selective anti-cancer agent.
Table 3. Anti-oncogenic effects of Compound 1 tartrate
Cell line Tissue IC50 of Compound 1 tartrate (μM)
C-33A Cervix 0.2
PC-3 Prostate 0.2
OVCAR-3 Ovary 0.2
H460 NSCLC 0.3
A549 NSCLC 0.4
H1299 NSCLC 0.5
NCI/ADR-RES Breast (Mutli-drug 0.4 resistant)
MCF-7 Breast 0.6
SW-480 Colorectal 0.2
B16-F1 Murine Melanoma 0.06
HMEC Normal Breast 4.00
*The inhibiting concentration 50 (IC50) is based on measurements of ATP levels takzen 72 h post-treatment compared to untreated cells.
6.3 EXAMPLE 3
Effect of Compound 1 Tartrate on Growth of Cervical Tumor Cells in vivo
To demonstrate the antitumor activity of Compound 1 Tartrate in vivo, experiments were conducted in CB 17 SCID/SCED mice (Charles River, MA, USA) into which were injected C33A human cervical cancer cells. The resultant mice are a model for a human having cervical cancer.
The C33A human cervical cancer cells were maintained in RPMI (Hyclone, UT, USA) supplemented with 10% inactivated fetal bovine serum (Bio-Whittaker, MD, USA) and 1% penicillin-streptomycin-L-Glutamine (Gibco, NY, USA), under 5% CO2 at 370C, and passaged twice a week. The cells were grown at a confluency lower than 70% and than
108
USlDOCS 5506941vl collected with Trypsin (Bio-Whittaker, MD, USA). The cells were then centrifuged and washed twice using phosphate buffered saline solution (PBS) and resuspended in PBS at 2 X 106 cells per 100 μl. Viability was examined by staining with trypan blue (Gibco, NY, USA) and only flasks with cell viability greater than 95% were used for in vivo studies.
C33A cells were injected subcutaneously into the flank of female CB 17 SCID/SCID mice. Each mouse was inoculated with a suspension of 2 X 106 tumors cells per 150 μl on day zero. There were three treatment groups of ten mice each: (a) a negative control group, (b) a positive control group and (c) a group treated v^ith Compound 1 Tartrate.
Treatments started on day fourteen after C33.A cells transplantation. Compound 1 Tartrate was administered IV once daily for five consecutive days at a dose of 4.5 mg/kg. Compound 1 Tartrate was prepared fresh daily in a vehicle solution of 5% Dextrose (Abbot Laboratories, QC, Canada) and 2% polysorbate 20 (Sigma, St. Louis, Missouri, USA). The negative control group was treated with vehicle alone. The injection volume for both Compound 1 Tartrate group and the negative control group was 150 μl. The positive control group was treated once every 3 days for five times with cisplatin (Sigma; St. Louis, Missouri, USA) at a dose of 4 mg/kg. Cisplatin was formulated in PBS on each day of the injection and was administered IP in an injection volume of 80 μl.
The mice were weighed and the tumors measured on day 13 and every 2 days after treatment commenced. Observation continued for 40 days after initial tumor implantation. The changes in body weight and in the calculated tumor volume were plotted.
As shown in Figure 2, mice treated with Compound 1 Tartrate experienced a nonsignificant weight loss, whereas the cisplatin treated positive control group had a weight loss of 28% on day 29. Two mice died in the cisplatin group on days 29 and 32 after losing 2.2g and 7g of body weight, respectively.
As shown in Figure 3, Compound 1 tartrate treatment at a dose of 4.5 mg/kg once a day for five days resulted in a statistically significant (p<0.0001) reduction in tumor growth compared to mice treated with vehicle only. On days 36 and 39, animals treated with 4.5 mg/kg of Compound 1 tartrate had significantly (p<0.001) smaller tumors on average than animals treated with vehicle only. The T/C values on days 36 and 39 were 14% and 22%, respectively. On average, no significant changes in body weight were noted.
As indicated in Figure 3, Compound 1 Tartrate significantly reduces the human cervical tumors implanted in SCID mice, an art-accepted model for human cervical cancer.
109
USlDOCS 550694W1 Accordingly, Compound 1 tartrate is useful for inliibiting the growth of cervical cancer and for treating or preventing cervical cancer in a patient, particularly a human patient. ,
110
USlDOCS 5506941vl 6.4. EXAMPLE 4: SYNTHESIS OF COMPOUND 66 AND COMPOUND 67
Scheme 3
Figure imgf000112_0001
Compound 1 , KH
Figure imgf000112_0002
CH2C 2 , O 0C
I j THF, 0 ° C
TMSBr
CH2CI21 reflux
Figure imgf000112_0004
Figure imgf000112_0003
Referring to Scheme 3, Intermediate H was synthesized according to the procedure described by Nicolaou, M. G-. et αl. J. Org. Chem. 1996, 61, 8636-8641.
Referring to Scheme 3, Intermediate H (Ig, 1.76 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (18 mL), cooled to 0 0C and treated with a solution of Hydrogen fluoride-pyridine (1.76 mL) for 5 min to remove the silyl group. The free primary alcohol was oxidized to the carboxylic acid with Jones reagent (6 mL, added over a period of 30 min) and the reaction was kept at 0 0C under vigorous stirring for Ih. 2-propanol (4 mL) was added to quench the residual Jones reagent and the mixture was stirred for an additional 10 min. Saturated aqueous NH4Cl
111
USlDOCS 550694M solution (40 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL) were added and the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (2 x 40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered over a sintered glass filter funnel. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to afford a yellow-green oil that was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-50% EtOAc/hexane as eluent. Carboxylic acid I was isolated as a colorless oil.
Yield: 570 mg, 70%. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.45 (s, 6H); 2.19 (s, 3 H); 2.78 (s, IH); 5.07-5.16 (m, 4 H); 6.87 (m., IH); 7.09-7.22 (m, 2H); 7.31 (s, 9H).
Carboxylic acid I (570 mg, 1.22 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (12 mL) and cooled to 0 0C. The solution was treated with oxalyl chloride (138 μL, 1.58 mmol), DMF (50 μL) and stirred for Ih at room temperature. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the residual acid chloride J was dried in vacuo for 2h to afford a white solid.
A solution of Compound 1 (309 mg, 0.98 mmol) in THF (5 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with solid potassium hydride (155 mg, 2.94 mmol, 70% oil dispersion). The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 30 min. Intermediate J was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and added drop wise to the anion of Compound 1. The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for an additional 3O min, then quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (30 mL). EtOAc (15 mL) was added and the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine (3 x 30 mL), dried o^ver anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered over a sintered glass filter funnel and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-20% EtOAc/hexane as eluent to afford the dibenzyl phosphate prodrug K as an orange solid.
Yield: 320 mg, 42%. M/Z: 768.35 [M+l]. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 1.38 (s, 6H); 2.09 (s, 3H); 2.17 (s, 3H); 2.39 (s, 3H); 5.84 (s, 2H); 3.80 (s, 3H); 4.87-4.99 (m, 4H); 5.84 (s, IH); 6.01 (s, IH); 6.46-6.56 (1, 2H); 6.79 (s, IH); 6.83-6.94 (m, 3H); 7.05-7.13 (m, 2H); 7.15-7.23 (m, 4H); 7.27-7.35 (m, 5H); 7.36-7.45 (m, 2H); 9.93-10.31 (bs, IH).
The dibenzyl phosphate prodrug K (130mg, 0.17 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (4mL), treated with TMSBr (132 μL, 1 mmol) and stirred at reflux for 45 min. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the residue was dried over night in vacuo. The residue was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (2OmL) and washed with brine (3 x 40 mL). The organic
112
USlDOCS 5506941W layer was dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered over a sintered glass filter funnel and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to afford the deprotected phosphate prodrug 66 as a reddish-orange solid.
Yield: 100 mg, 100%. M/Z: 588.28 [M+l]. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSOd6): δ (ppm) 1.43 (s, 6H); 1.84 (s, 3H); 2.38 (s, 3H); 2.71 (s, 3H); 3.55-3.7 1 (bs, 2H); 4.05 (s, 3H); 6.34- 6.55 (rn, 3H); 6.92-7.06 (m, 2H); 7.17 (s, IH); 7.23 (s, IH); 1.26-1 Al (m, 2H); 7.58-7.73 (d, IH); 7.75-7.90 (d, IH).
Scheme 4
Figure imgf000114_0002
GH2CI2
Figure imgf000114_0001
F
Figure imgf000114_0003
2) Jones Reagent
Figure imgf000114_0004
113
USlDOCS 5506941vl Referring to Scheme 4, 1,2-Benzenedimethanol (L, 3g, 21.7 mmol) and TBDMSCl (2.94g, 19.5 mmol) were dissolved in CH2Cl2 (28 mL), cooled to 0 0C then treated with a solution of triethylamine (12.1 mL, 86.8 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (11 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for Ih and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. Ttaie residue was dissolved in EtOAC (30 mL) and washed with brine (3 x 60 mL). The organic layer was dried over anhydrous NTa2SO4 and filtered over a sintered glass filter funnel. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to afford the silylated benzyl alcohol M as a colorless oil. Yield: 4.5 g, 91%. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 0.06 (s, 6H); 0.80 (s, 9IT); 2.99- 3.19 (bs, IH); 4.56 (s, 2H); 4.70 (s, 2H); 7.14-7.32 (m, 4H).
A solution of dibenzyl phosphate (3.76g, 13.5 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (10 mL) ^r as, treated with oxalyl chloride (1.17, 13.5 mmol) and DMF (0.5 mL). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for Ih, the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the residue was dried in vacuo for 2h to afford dibenzyl chlorophosphate as a yellowish solid. The residme was suspended in CH2Cl2 (5 mL), cooled to 0 0C, treated with a solution of benzylic alcohol M (1.7g, 6.7 mmol) in CH2Cl2 (5 mL) then DBU (2.02 mL, 13.5 mmol, added dropwlse). The mixture was stirred at room temperature for lh30, and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-10% EtOAc/hexane as eluent.
Yield: 1.3g, 40%. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) -0.01 (s, 6H); 0.83 (s, 9H); 4.65 (s, 2H); 4.87-4.96 Cd, 4H); 4.96-5.06 (d, 2H); 7.07-7.41 (m, 14H).
Dibenzyl phosphate N (1.3 g, 2.53 mmol) was dissolved in acetonitrile (25 xnL), cooled to 0 0C and treated with a solution of Hydrogen fluoride-pyridine (2.5 mL) for 5 min to remove the silyl group. The free primary alcohol was oxidized to the carboxylic acid with Jones reagent (5 mL, added over a period of 30 min) and the reaction was kept at 0 0C under vigorous stirring for Ih. 2-propanol (6 mL) was added to quench the residual Jones reagent and the mixture was stirred for an additional 10 min. Saturated aqueous NH4Cl solution (40 mL) and EtOAc (30 mL) were added and the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed with saturated aqueous NH4Cl (2 x 40 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4 and filtered over a sintered glass filter funnel. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation to afford a yellow oil that was used in the next step without any purification.
114
USlDOCS 5506941vl Yield: 1.0 g, 98%. 1H NMR (300 MHz, CDCl3): δ (ppm) 5.04-5.17 (d, 4H); 5.56- 5.5.67 (d, 2H); 7.27-7.41 (m, 11H); 7.48-7.58 (m, 2H); 7.80-8.12 (m, IH).
Benzoic acid O (1.0 g, 2.42 mmol) was dissolved in CH2Cl2 (24 mL) and cooled to 0 0C. The solution was treated with oxalyl chloride (420 μL, 4.84 mmol), DMF (50 μL) and stirred for Ih at room temperature. The solvent was removed by rotary evaporation and the residual benzoyl chloride P was dried in vacuo for 2h to afford a white solid.
A solution of Compound 1 (384 mg, 1.21 mmol) in THF (12 mL) was cooled to 0 0C and treated with solid potassium hydride (192 mg, 3.64 mmol, 70% oil dispersion). The reaction was stirred at 0 0C for 30min. Intermediate P was dissolved in THF (5 mL) and added dropwise to the anion of Compound 1. The mixture was stirred at 0 0C for an additional 30 min, then quenched with saturated aqueous NaHCO3 (30 mL). EtOAc (15 mL) was added and the layers were separated. The organic phase was washed with brine (3 x 30 mL), dried over anhydrous Na2SO4, filtered over a sintered glass filter funnel and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. The residue was purified by column chromatography over silica gel using a gradient of 0-20% EtOAc/hexane as eluent to afford the dibenzyl phosphate prodrug Q as an orange solid.
Yield: 422 mg, 50%. M/Z: 712.24 [M+l]. 1H NMR (SOO MHz1 CDCl3)^ (PpIn) 1.91 (s, 3H); 2.12 (s, 3H); 3.77 (s, 3H); 4.85-4.96 (d, 4H); 5.33-5.44 (d, 2H); 5.71 (s, 113); 5.79 (s, IH); 6.79 (s, IH); 7.06 (s, IH); 7.11-7.35 (m, 15H); 7.41-7.68 (m, 4H).
Dibenzyl phosphate prodrug Q (1OO mg, 0.14 mmol) was dissolved in wet CH2Cl2 (2 mL) and treated with TFA (2 mL) The mixture was stirred at reflux for 3h, and the solvent was removed by rotary evaporation. Phosplαate prodrug 67 was purified by RP-HPLC on a C1S column using a gradient of H2OZCH3CNT as mobile phase (pH 9).
M/Z: 532.17 [M+l]. 1H NMR (300 MHz, DMSO-J6): δ (ppm) 2.30 (s, 3H); 2.4O (s, 3H); 3.98 (s, 3H); 4.65-4.81 (d, 2H); 6.24 (s, IH); 6.43 (s, IH); 6.48-6.60 (d, 2H); 7.05-7.18 (m, 2H); 7.19-7.3 (m, IH); 7.33 (s, IH); 7.39-7.46 (d, 2H); 7.46-7.54 (m, IH); 7.54-7.64- (m, IH); 7.64-7.75 (m, IH).
115
USlDOCS 5506941vl 6.5 EXAMPLE 5 SOLUBILITY OF COMPOUND 1 TARTRATE, COMPOUND 1 MESYLATE SALT AND COMPOUND 66
To determine whether a compound is soluble in a solution, the solution was filtered on 0.2 μM polytetrafluoroethylene filters (Whatman Inc. Clifton, New Jersey, USA) and the compound concentration in the filtrate was measured by LC/MS and compared to the expected concentration. If the concentration of the compound in the filtrate was equal +/- 15% to the expected concentration, the compound was judged to be soluble in the solution.
The detection of Compound 1 Tartrate, Compound 1 Mesylate Salt or Compound 66 by LC/MS was carried out using the HPLC system that consisted of a Waters Alliance quaternary gradient HPLC pump (Waters, Milford, MA, USA) and a ZQ2000 single quadrupole mass spectrometer ("Waters, Milford, MA, USA). The column used was XXerra MS C18: 50 x 2.1 mm, 3.5 mm column at 200C. Samples were injected and separated utnder the following conditions: The mobile phase "A" consisted of 5 mM ammonium formate, 0.1% formic acid in water and mobile phase "B" consisted of 5 mM ammonium formate, 0.1% formic acid in methanol. A linear gradient was applied as follows: 0 to 1 min, 94% "A" and 6% "B"; 1 to 4 min, 6% to 100% "B"; 4 to 8 min 100% "B"; 8 to 9 min, 100% "B" to 6% "B"; 9 to 12 min, 94% "A" and 6% "B". The Mass Spectrometer system consisted of a Waters ZQ2000. single quadrupole mass spectrometer (Waters, Milford, MA, USA) equipped with an Electrospray Ionization Source (ES). The mass detector was operated in positive ion mode (ES+) and Selected Ion Recording mode (SIR). Compounds were detected at m/z equal to their respective molecular weight plus 1.
Compound 1 is poorly soluble in water. Compound 1 Tartrate salt solubility is equal to 0.1 mg/niL. Compound 1 Mesylate salt is a useful salt as its solubility is four fold greater (0.4 mg/mL). This increase in solubility has a positive impact on the shelf stability of formulated Compound 1. A formulation containing 0.6 mg/mL of Compound 1 Tartrate Salt, 9.6% polyethylene glycol 30O, 0.4% polysorbate 20 and 5% dextrose tends to precipitate one hour after its preparation as 4O% to 50% of the Compound 1 Tartrate is retained by a. 0.2 μM filter. Conversely, a formulation containing 0.6 mg/mL of Compound 1 Mesylate Salt, 9.6% polyethylene glycol 300, 0.4-% polysorbate 20 and 5% dextrose shows no evidence of precipitation 72 hours after its preparation. Hence, Compound 1 Mesylate Salt represents a significant improvement because it sufficiently increases the stability of the formulation so it can be used in the clinic.
The addition of a phosphate increases solubility of a poorly soluble compound. The phosphate prevents the compound from entering cells but it can be gradually removed- by
116
USlDOCS 5506941V1 alkaline phosphatase in the plasma. Hence, the compound to which a phosphate is added is a pro-drug. For example, Compound 66 is the phosphate pro-drug of Compound 1 and the solubility of Compound 66 in water is equal to 10 mg/mL: 100 fold greater than Compound 1 Tartrate. In vivo, because the phosphate is not removed instantly by alkaline phosphatase, the pro-drug has the time to disperse itself in the total blood volume. As the phosphate group is removed, the liberated drug has time to distribute itself in the tissue. Hence, the less soluble drug doesn't precipitate in the blood. The advantage of a pro-drug is that it can be injected in a smaller volume because it can be formulated at high concentration in aqueous solution.
6.6 EXAMPLE 6 THE CONVERSION OF PHOSPHATE PRO-DRUG COMPOUND 66 INTO ITS BIOLOGICALLY ACTIVE COUNTERPART BY ALKALINE PHOSPHATASES IN VITRO
The conversion into biologically active drug of phosphate pro-drugs by calf intestinal alkaline phosphatase and human placental alkaline phosphatase was measured in vitro using purified enzymes. Purified calf intestinal alkaline phosphatase (Roche Diagnostic Inc. Laval, Quebec, Canada) or human placental alkaline phosphatase (Sigma-Aldrich Canada Ltd. Oakville, Ontario, Canada) was added at a concentration of 0.02 U/ lOOμL to a solution containing 15 μM of Compound 66, 20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 and 0.9% NaCl. The solutions were incubated for 30, 60 or 120 minutes. A solution containing 15 μM of Compound 66, 20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4 and 0.9% NaCl was used as a reference (time = 0 minutes). To each solution, an equal volume (100 μL) of ice-cold acetonitrile was added, and then the mixture was vortexed and transferred to glass vials. A standard concentration curve of the pro-drug and the drug was prepared in 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.4, 0.45% NaCl and 50% acetonitrile. AU samples were immediately analyzed by LC/MES.
As shown on Figures 4 and 5, both the calf intestinal alkaline phosphatase and human placental alkaline phosphatase, can convert a fraction of the pro-drug Compound 66 present in solution into the drug Compound 1 within two liours.
6.7 EXAMPLE 7 EFFECT OF COMPOUND 1 MESYLATE SALT AND COMPOUND 66, RESPECTIVELY, ON GROWTH OF PROSTATE TUMOR CELLS IN VIVO
The human prostatic adenocarcinoma cancer PC3 cells were purchased from the American Type Culture Collection (ATCC). These cells were confirmed to be free of mycoplasma infection. Cells were maintained in the Roswell Park Memorial Institute
117 USlDOCS 5506941vl (RPMI), supplemented with 10% inactivated fetal bovine serum and 1% penicillin- streptomycin-L-Glutamine, under 5% carbon dioxide (CO2) at 370C. For prostatic-tumor induction, cells were grown lower than 70% confluence in complete medium and then collected with trypsin (Bio Whittaker, Rockland, ME, USA). Cells were then centrifuged and washed 2 times in phosphate buffer solution (PBS) and resuspended in PBS at 1.5 X 106 cells/0.1 mL. PC3 cells were then transplanted subcutaneous Iy into the flank of SCID mice (Charles River Laboratories, Wilmington, MA, USA), as a suspension of tumor cells (1.5 x 106 cells in 100 μL PBS), under a laminar airflow hood. Eleven (11) days later, the size of each tumor was measured. Ten days after transplantation, mice were randomized into groups of 10 mice each based on tumor size so that the average tumor size in each group was comparable. Relative tumor size and volume was calculated as follows: length (cm) x [width (cm)]2/2. Mice then received 5 consecutive intravenous (tail vein) injections of either 200 μL of 9.6% polyethylene glycol 300, 0.4% polysorbate 20 and 5% dextrose (Vehicle only), 4.84 μMoles/Kg of Compound 1 Mesylate Salt formulated in 9.6% polyethylene glycol 300, 0.4% polysorbate 20 and 5% dextrose, 4.84 μMoles/Kg of Compound 66 (pro-drug) formulated in 5% dextrose, or 14.51 μMoles/Kg of Compound 66 (pro-drug) formulated in 5% dextrose. As shown in Figure 6, both Compound 1 Mesylate Salt and Compound 66 (pro-drug) significantly reduce the growth of prostatic tumors in mice.
6.8 EXAMPLE 8 EFFECTS OF COMPOUNDS ON CANCER CELL VIABILITY IN VITRO
To further demonstrate the anti-oncogenic effect of the Triheterocyclic Compounds of the invention, several compounds were synthesized and their effect on cancer cell viability was demonstrated by measuring the cellular ATP levels in H1299 and C33A cancer cell lines as described in Example 2 of this application. As depicted in Table 4, these compounds were efficient in decreasing cellular ATP levels in H1299 and C33A. cancer cell lines. Nevertheless, these compounds are believed to have utility in the in vivo methods of the invention, i.e., treatment and prevention of cancer and viral infections, respectively. It should be noted that, although this cell-based assay is believed to be indicative of anti-oncogenic activity in vivo, it is not the only useful assay for evaluating the anti-oncogenic activity of Triheterocyclic Compounds of the invention. In addition, the anti- viral and other biological activity of compounds of the invention can be determined and evaluated in other assay systems known to the skilled artisan.
118
USlDOCS 550694M It should also be noted that for in vivo medicinal uses, potency is not the only factor to be considered to estimate the suitability of a compound as a pharmaceutical agent. Other factors such as toxicity and bioavailability also determine the suitability of a compound as a pharmaceutical agent. Toxicity and bioavailability can also be tested in any assay system known to the skilled artisan.
119
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000121_0001
Table 4. IC50s of Compounds in μM for their Effect on Cancer Cells Viability
Figure imgf000121_0002
120
USlDOCS 5506941 vl
Figure imgf000122_0001
121
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000123_0001
122
USlDOCS 550694M
Figure imgf000124_0001
123
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000125_0001
Figure imgf000125_0002
The present invention is not to be limited in scope by the specific embodiments disclosed in the examples which are intended as illustrations of a few aspects of the invention and any embodiments that are functionally equivalent are within the scope of this invention. Indeed, various modifications of the invention in addition to those shown and described herein will become apparent to those skilled in the art and are intended to fall within the scope of the appended claims.
A number of references have been cited, the entire disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference.
125
USlDOCS 550694W1

Claims

What is claimed is:
1. A method for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000127_0001
(Ia)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Υm(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NTHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O\ 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(Ru)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4-, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rbis -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -NT3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-Ri4, -SORi4, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14,
126
USlDOCS 5506941vl -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(Ri4)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NRi4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi4, - NHC(S)N(Ri4)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, -N RI4C(S)N(R^)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(Rs)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -R0 is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci -C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n- R14, -0-C(O)OR1-4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(0)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, - C(O)NHRi4, -S-RL14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRj4, -NTHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, - O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NTHR14, -C(S)N(Rj4)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -NRi4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N Ri4C(S)N(R14)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)ORi4, -0-C(O)NHRi4, -O-C(0)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR]4, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, O-C(S)R]4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)RHR14, -C(S)N(Ri4)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -NRj4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14,'- NHC(S)N(R14)2, -INRi4C(S)NHRi4, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R9, R1O, Rn, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(Cj-C5 alkyl), -N(Cj-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N<naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-rnembered heterocycle, - OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -O- C(O)NHR14, -0-CCO)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(Rj4)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRj4, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or
127
USlDOCS 5506941vl R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -Cj-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6.
2. The method of claim 1 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
3. The method of claim 1 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -O-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
4. The method of claim 1 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -S-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
5. The method of claiml where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is - NH-, Q2 is -N-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
6. The method of claim 1 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is - C(R3)-, Q3 is -N- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
7. The method of claim 1 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2 and R6 are -H.
8. The method of claim 1 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10-R13 are -H.
9. The method of claim 1 where for the compound of foπnula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q3 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q4 is -CH-, R7 is -0-(C1-C8 alkyl)-, and R2, R4-, R6, Rs and R10-Ri3 are -H.
128
USlDOCS 5506941vl
10. The method of claim 1 further comprising administering another therapeutic agent.
11. A method for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000130_0001
(Ib)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof ■wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-; Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-; Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), where Rais selected from -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, 0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, - S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, - ISTHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(RU)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R2 is -H, -C3-C8 alkyl or -OH;
129
USlDOCS 5506941vl R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym-(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, - CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, - 0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRI4, - NTHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)RH, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with trie proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH25 -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-CSaIkYl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -riaphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -O- CCO)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHSCO)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, O=- CCS)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N RI4C(S)N(RH)2;
R9, R1O, R11, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(RH)2,- C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R-14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, - NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(RH)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHCCS)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; and
130
USlDOCS 5506941vl each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-Cj2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynyl ene-; each m is independently 0 or 1 ; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6.
12. The method of claim 11 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
13. The method of claim 11 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -O-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
14. The method of claim 11 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -S-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
15. The method of claim 11 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -N-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
16. The method of claim 11 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is - C(R3)-, Q3 is -N- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
17. The method of claim 11 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2 and R6 are -O.
18. The method of claim 11 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10-R13 are -H.
19. The method of claim 11 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q3 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q4 is -CH-, R7 is -0-(C1-C8 alkyl)-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R1Q-R13 are -H.
131
USlDOCS 5506941vl
20. The method of claim 11 further compris ing administering another therapeutic agent.
21. A method for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000133_0001
22. The method of claim 21 further comprising administering another therapeutic agent.
23. A method for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula IE:
Figure imgf000133_0002
(ID
wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
132
USlDOCS 5506941vl Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 aLkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R i4C(S)N(R14)2;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, - NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -C7-C i2 (phenyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkynyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkynyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)Rj4, O-C(S)ORi4, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHRi4, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R9, R1O, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ru, 0-C(S)Ru, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHRu, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2 or Ri1 and R12, together with, the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle;
133
USlDOCS 5506941vl each Rj4 is independently -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -Ci-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-Cs alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6.
24. The method of claim 23 further comprising administering another therapeutic agent.
25. The method of claim 1, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
26. The method of claim 11, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
27. The method of claim 21, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
28. The method of claim 23, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
29. A method for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with, a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis , an effective amount of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000135_0001
134
USlDOCS 5506941vl (Ia)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -0-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Y1n(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 allcyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, trien R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -CrC8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(RC), wherein -Rcis -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2V R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rj4)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, - C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NOC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, - O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, Q-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -
135
USlDOCS 5506941vl C(S)ORi4, -C(S)NHRj4, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -ISRi4C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Rw)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(Cj-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -NCnaphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(Ci-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - CXO)N(Ru)2, -C(O)ORu, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14, -SOR1 4, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRi4, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)Ri4, O-C(S)OR]4, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -NRi4C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N RI4C(S)N(RM)2;
R9, Rio, Rn, R12, and Ri3 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(CrC5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, - ORi4, -O(CH2)nORi4, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(0)(OH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -O- C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NRi4C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR1^C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Rw)2 or Rn and R12j together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
30. The method of claim 29 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
31. The method of claim 29 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -O-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
136
USlDOCS 5506941vl
32. The method of claim 29 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -S-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
33. The method of claim 29 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -N-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
34. The method of claim 29 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is - C(R3)-, Q3 is -N- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
35. The method of claim 29 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2 and R6 are -H.
36. The method of claim 29 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10-R13 are -H.
37. The method of claim 29 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q3 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q4 is -CH-, R7 is -0-(C1-C8 alkyl)-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and Rio-Ri3 are -H.
38. The method of claim 29 further comprising administering another agent useful for the prevention of rheumatoid arthritis.
39. A method for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis, an effective amount of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000138_0001
137
USlDOCS 5506941vl (Ib)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Figure imgf000139_0001
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-; Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-; Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), where Ra is selected from -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORi4, -O(CH2)nORi4, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHz)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, - 0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, - S(O)2R141 -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C (S)N(R14)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
R2 is -H, -C3-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym-(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, - CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, - 0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)ORi4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORj4, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14, -SORi4, -S(O)2Rj4, -NOC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)ORi4, 0-C(S)NHRi4, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi4, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRI4C(S)NHRH, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -CrC8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-Cs alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -Q-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl,
138
USlDOCS 5506941vl -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -O- . C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)ORi4, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, - NHC(S)Ri4, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R9, Rio, R11, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(Ci-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)n0R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHH14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, - NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Ri4, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(RM)2, -NR14C(S)NHRi4, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; and each Ri4 is independently -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
40. The method of claim 39 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
41. The method of claim 39 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -O- , Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
139
USlDOCS 5506941vl
42. The method of claim 39 where for the compound of formula ITb, Q1 is -S-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and' Q4 is -C(R9)-.
43. The method of claim 39 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -N-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
44. The method of claim 39 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is - C(R3)-, Q3 is -N- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
45. The method of claim 39 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2 and R6 are -H.
46. The method of claim 39 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10-R13 are -H.
47. The method of claim 39 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q3 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q4 is -CH-, R7 is -0-(C1-C8 alkyl)-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10-R13 are -H.
48. The method of claim 39 further comprising administering another agent useful for the prevention of rheumatoid arthritis.
49. A method for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis, an effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000141_0001
140
USlDOCS 5506941 v 1 or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof.
50. The method of claim 49 further comprising administering another therapeutic agent.
51. A method for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis, an effective amount of the compound or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt of the compound of Formula II:
Figure imgf000142_0001
(H) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -R3 is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)RJ4, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)ORi4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-RJ4, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl,
141
USlDOCS 5506941vl -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkyl, -C7-CJ2 (ρhenyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (naρhthyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkynyl, -C7-Ci2 (naphthyl)alkynyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORj4, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)ORu, -C(O)NHRj4, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R]4, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, O-C(S)N(Ri4)2, -C(S)ORi4, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Rj4, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(RM)2, -NRI4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
R9, Rio, R11, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(RH)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R)4, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHRH, -N RHC(S)N(RH)2 or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each RH is independently -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1 ; and each n.is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
52. The method of claim 51 further comprising administering another therapeutic agent.
53. The method of claim 29, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
142
USlDOCS 550694W1
54. The method of claim 39, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
55. The method of claim 49, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
56. The method of claim 51, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
57. A method for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, the method comprising administering to a patient in need thereof an effective amount of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000144_0001
(Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR!4, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
143
USlDOCS 5506941vl R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-menibered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHz)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(R 14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S )N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -Rcis -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -0(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
R10, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), - N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2,' -NHC(O)(C1 -C5 alkyl), - NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -
144
USlDOCS 5S06941vl C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)Rj4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -MR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2; or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1 ; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
58. A method for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient, comprising administering to a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis, an effective amount of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000146_0001
(Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -R3 is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-Qa cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)M(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2Q-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, Q-C(S)NHR14, O-
145
USlDOCS 5506941vl C(S)K(Ru)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RM)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)ORi4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-G(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHRH, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form, a 5- to 9-membered ring;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(RC), wherein -Rcis -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)RH, - C(O)(CHz)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHRH, -0-C(O)N(RH)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)ORJ4, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)RH, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, -O(CΗ2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)RJ4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHRH, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)H14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)K(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-RJ4, -SORI4, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Rj4, -NHSRj4, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)RJ4, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
RIO, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), - N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -
146
USlDOCS 5506941vl NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORI4, -C(O)NHR14, -S-Ri4, -SOR14, -S(O)2Rj4, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORj4, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHDIi4, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NTHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ri4)2, -NH14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2; or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6.
59. The method of claim 57 further comprising administering another therapeutic agent.
60. The method of claim 58 further comprising administering another agent for the prevention of rheumatoid arthritis.
61. The method of claim 57, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
62. The method of claim 58, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
63. ' Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000148_0001
147
USlDOCS 5506941vl (Ia)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -M(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -NT-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -NT-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -NT-;
R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)ORi4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORi4, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14; -SORi4, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)ORi4, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ri-O2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NRI4C(S)NHRI4, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)Ri4, -CCO)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHRj4, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, O-C(S)N(R!4)2, - C(S)ORi4, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, -NRi4C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHR!4, - NHC(S)N(Ri4)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to wtiich each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -CCR5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -Rc is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2V R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(RJ4)2, -C(O)OR14, - C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SORi4, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, - O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, Q-C(S)R14, Q-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(Rj4)2, -
148
USlDOCS 5506941vl C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Rj4, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ri4)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(ρhenyl), -NJ(ρhenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CNT, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NTHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R1-4, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R9, R1O, Rn, Ri2- and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(napkthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -1NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, - OR14, -O(CH2)nORi4, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -O- ' C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)NC-Ru)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-Ri4, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(R 14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NRi4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NTHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each Ri4 is independently -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6, for treating rheumatoid axthritis in a patient.
64. Use of a compound of Formula
149
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000151_0001
(Ia)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -R3 is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHRj4, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SORj4, -S(O)2Rj4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRj4, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORj4, 0-C(S)NHRj4, O- C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)Rj4, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(CrC8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)N(Ri-O2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-Rj4, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Rj4, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
150
USlDOCS 5506941 vl R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(RC), wherein -Rc is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -ORi4-, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n- R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(0)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Rn)2, -C(O)ORi4, - C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R1 -4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2R14, - O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(R 14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2. -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N" R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -NT3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Ri4)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHCR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -NT R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R9, Rio, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -3Sf(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)N-H(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(Ci-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NIH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, - OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -O- C(O)NHRi4, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)NT(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R]4, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)Ri4, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N Ri4C(S)N(Ru)2 or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -Cs-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkcenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-Cg alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and
151
USlDOCS 5506941vl each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6, for manufacture of a medicament for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient.
65. The use according to claim 63 or 64 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -CCR3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
66. The use according to claim 63 or 64 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -O-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
67. The use according to claim 63 or 64 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -S-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
68. The use according to claim 63 or 64 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -N-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
69. The use according to claim 63 or 64 where for the compound of formula Ia, Qi is -NH-, Q2 is - CCR3)-, Q3 is -N- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
70. The use according to claim 63 or 64 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2 and R6 are -H.
71. The use according to claim 63 or 64 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2, R4, R61R8 and R10- R13 are -H.
72. The use according to claim 63 or 64 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q3 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q4 is -CH-, R7 is -O- (Ci-C8 alkyl)-, and R2, R4, R61R8 and R10-Ri3 are -H.
73. The use according to claim 63, wherein the compound of formula Ia, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
74. The use according to claim 64, wherein the medicament is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
152
USlDOCS 5506941vl
75. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000154_0001
(Ib)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-; '
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), where Ra is selected from -H, -OH, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C2-Ce alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORj4, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)α-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, 0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(Ri4)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14, -SOR14, - S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", O-C(S)RU, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14CCS)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R2 is -H, -C3-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym-(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, - CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, - 0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VRu, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHRi4, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2,- C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)ORi4, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -
153
USlDOCS 5506941vl NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR 14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom, to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N-(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-mernbered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)Rj4, -O- C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NTHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)Ri4, O- C(S)ORi4, 0-C(S)NHRi4, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHRi4, -N Ri4C(S)N(R14),;
R9, R1O, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, CrC8 alkyl, -NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(p3ienyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHCCO)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CHo)nOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2,- C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SORJ4, -S(O)2RI4, - NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSRi 4, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O-C(S>NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)RI^, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-mernbered heterocycle; and each R 14 is independently -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each T is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-;
154
USlDOCS 5506941vl each m is independently 0 or 1 ; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6, for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient.
76. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000156_0001
(Ib)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-; Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-; Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), where Rais selected from -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to.9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R-I4, -O-C(O)RU, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR^14, 0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR]4, - S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRi4, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2Ru, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R2 is -H, -C3-C8 alkyl or -OH;
155
USlDOCS 5506941vl R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym-(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, - CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nORi4, - 0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHa)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(RH)2,- C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORJ4, -C(O)NTHRi4, -S-Ri4, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSRJ4, - NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -Cx-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH20(CH2)nOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -O- C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(Ri4)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(R14)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHCCS)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NRi4C(S)NHRi4, -N Ri4C(S)N(Ru)2;
Rg, Rio, Rn, Ri2, arid R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(Ci-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -0RM, -CH2O(CH2)nORi4, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)ORj4, -0-C(O)NHRi4, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(R14J2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, - NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)Rj4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ri4)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; and
156
USlDOCS 5506941vl each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-Cg alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -Ci -C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-Cg alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6, for manufacture of a medicament for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient.
77. The use according to claim 75 or 76 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
78. The use according to claim 75 or 76 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -O-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
79. The use according to claim 75 or 76 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -S-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
80. The use according to claim 75 or 76 where for the compound of formula Ib, Qi is -NH-, Q2 is -N-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
81. The use according to claim 75 or 76 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is - C(R3)-, Q3 is -N- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
82. The use according to claim 75 or 76 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2 and R6 are -H.
83. The use according to claim 75 or 76 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10- R13 are -H.
84. The use according to claim 75 or 76 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q3 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q4 is -CH-, R7 is -O- (C1-C8 alkyl)-, and R2, R4, R61R8 and R10-Ri3 are -H.
157
USlDOCS 5506941vl
85. The use according to claim 75, wherein the compound of formula Ib, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
86. The use according to claim 76, wherein the medicament is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
87. Use of the compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000159_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient.
88. " The use according to claim 87 wherein said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
89. Use of the compound having the formula:
Figure imgf000159_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for manufacture of a medicament for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient.
158
USlDOCS 5506941vl
90. The use according to claim 89 wherein said medicament is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
91. Use of the compound of Formula II:
Figure imgf000160_0001
(H)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CH2X1OR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R 14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NΗ(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (naρhthyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (ρhenyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (naphtriyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkynyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkynyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14,
159
USlDOCS S506941vl -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(RH)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)INHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Ri4, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R9, R10, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Rj4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14; - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2 or R11 and R- 12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-Cg alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6, for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient.
92. The use according to claim 91, wherein said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
93. Use of the compound of Formula II:
160
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000162_0001
(H) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -R3 is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alken^l, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-CCS)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, or - N Ri4C<S)N(R14)2;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -O-(Q -C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -C7-Ci2 (phenyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkyl, -C7-Cj2 (phenyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkenyl, -C7-Ci2 (phenyl)alkynyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkynyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORL14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-RI4, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)R14, O-C(S)OR]4, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NRI4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
161
USlDOCS 55O6941vl R9, Rio, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, Ci-C8 alkyl, -NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHCC=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nORj4, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(RM)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORj4, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or Rn and Ri2, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each Ri4 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6, for manufacture of a medicament for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient.
94. The use according to claim 93, wherein said medicament is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
95. The use according to claim 63 or 64, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
96. The use according to claim 75 or 76, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
97. The use according to claim 87 or 89, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
162
USlDOCS 5506941vl
98. The use according to claim'91 or 93, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
99. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000164_0001
(Ia)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
Ri is -Ym(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nORi4, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-Rj4, -SORj4, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2RJ4, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(Ru)2, -C(S)ORj4, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Rj4, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NRI4C(S)NHRI4, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)ORI4, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14,
163
USlDOCS 5506941vl -NHSORn, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O-C(S)NHRM, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)NT(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi4, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NRI4C(S)NHRI4, -N Ri4C(S)N(Ru)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -Ci-C8 alkyl, or -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -Rc is -Ci -C8 alkyl, -0-(CrC8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2),,- R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, - C(O)NHRu, -S-Ru, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ru1 -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSRu, -NHSORu, -NHS(O)2Ru, - O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)Ru, O-C(S)ORw, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)ORu, -C(S)NHRu, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRUC(S)NHRU, -N R14C(S)N(RU)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naρhthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(Ci-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Cj2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORu, — O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)Ru, -C(0χCH2)n-Ru, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHRu, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRu, -S-Ru, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRu, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)Ru, -NRi4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRu, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRuC(S)NHR 14, -N RJ4C(S)N(RU)2;
R9, Rio, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, Ci-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(Ci-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, - ORu, -O(CH2)nORu, -C(O)Rj4, -0-C(O)Rj4, -C(0)(CH2)n-Ru, -0-C(O)ORu, -O- C(O)NHRu, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ru1 -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSRi4, -NHSORu, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORj4, O- C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NRuC(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRj4, -NHC(S)N(RU)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RU)2 or
164
USlDOCS 5506941vl R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C3-Cj2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -Ci-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1 ; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6, for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
100. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000166_0001
(Ia)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Y1n(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)H-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
165
USlDOCS 5506941vl R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2),,OR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -Rcis -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -0(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(0)(CH2)n- R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, - C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, - O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHz)n-Ru, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2RJ4, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi4, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R9, R1O, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, - NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN. -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -
166
USlDOCS 5506941vl ORu, -O(CH2)nORi4, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0- C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-Ri4, -SORj4, -S(O)2Ri41 -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0- C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)Ru, - NRi4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9- membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -Ci-Cs alkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-Q alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6, for manufacturing a medicament for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
101. The use according to claim 99 or 100 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
102. The use according to claim 99 or 100 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -O-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
103. The use according to claim 99 or 100 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -S-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
104. The use according to claim 99 or 100 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -N-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
105. The use according to claim 99 or 100 where for the compound of formula Ia, Qi is -NH-, Q2 is - C(R3)-, Q3 is -N- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
106. The use according to claim. 99 or 100 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2 and R6 are -H.
167
USlDOCS 5506941vl
107. The use according to claim 99 or 100 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2, R4, Re1R8 and R10- R13 are -H.
108. The use according to claim 99 or 100 where for the compound of formula Ia, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q3 is -C(Ci-C8 alkyl)-, Q4 is -CH-, R7 is -O- (Ci-C8 alkyl)-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and Ri0-R13 are -H.
109. The use according to claim 99, wherein said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another agent useful for the prevention of rheumatoid arthritis.
110. The use according to claim 100, wherein said medicament is suitable for administration with another agent useful for the prevention of rheumatoid arthritis.
111. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000169_0001
(Ib)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- OTj-N(R1)-
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-; Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-; Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
168
USlDOCS 550694W1 Ri is -Ym(Ra), where Ra is selected from -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-Cg alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, - 0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)ORI4, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, - S(O)2Ri41-NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, - NHC(S)Ri4, -NfRi4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(RM)2;
R2 is -H, -C3-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Y1n-(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, - CN, -NO2, -SHE, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORi4, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, - 0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHRi4, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
IR7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2X1OR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -C(O)RH, -O- C(O)ORJ4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2-R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
169
USlDOCS 5506941vl R9, Rio, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHQ=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CHz)nOR14, -0-C(O)Rj4, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2,- C(O)N(Ri4)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, - NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NH14C(S)Ri4, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 Or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; and each Ri 4 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-mernbered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1 ; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6, for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
112. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000171_0001
(Ib)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof
170
USlDOCS 550694W1 wherein
Figure imgf000172_0001
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-; Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-; Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), where Rais selected from -H, -OH, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-Cs alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VRi4, -0-C(O)OR14, - 0-C(O)NHRi4, -O-C(O)N(Ri4)2, - C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-Rj4, -SORj4, - S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, O- C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHRi4, -C(S)N(Ru)2, - NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C3-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym-(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, - CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CHs)nORi4, - O-C(O)R]4, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2,- C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRI4, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORi4, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR-14, - NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NRi4C(S)NHRi4, -N Ri4C(S)N(Rw)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which eacli is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring, with the proviso that if Q3 is -C(R5)- and m=0, then R5 is not H;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -Cj-C8 alkyl, or -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Y1n(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(Ci-C8 alkyl)-OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-Cg alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH20(CH2)nOR14, -Q-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VRw, -C(O)R14, -O-
171
USlDOCS 5506941vl C(O)ORj4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2,- C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)Ri4, O- C(S)ORi4, 0-C(S)NHRi4, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, - NHC(S)Ri4, -NRi4C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRI4C(S)NHRH, -N Ri4C(S)N(Ru)2;
R9, Rio, Rn, Ri2, and Ri3 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHQ=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -CH2O(CH2)nOR14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHRu, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2,- C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRu, -S-Ru, -SORu, -S(O)2Ru, - NHC(O)Ru, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2 or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; and each Ru is independently -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -C3-Ci2 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-Cs alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6, for manufacture of a medicament for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
113. The use according to claim 111 or 112 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
114. The use according to claim 111 or 112 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -0-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
172
USlDOCS 5506941vl
115. The use according to claim 111 or 112 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -S-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
116. The use according to claim 111 or 112 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -N-, Q3 is -C(R5)- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
117. The use according to claim 111 or 112 where for the compound of formula Ib, Qi is -NH-, Q2 is - C(R3)-, Q3 is -NT- and Q4 is -C(R9)-.
118. The use according to claim 111 or 112 where for the compound of formula Ib, Qi is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -CCR5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2 and R6 are -H.
119. The use according to claim 111 or 112 where for the compound of , formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(R3)-, Q3 is -C(R5)-, Q4 is -CH-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10- R13 are -H.
120. The use according to claim 111 or 112 where for the compound of formula Ib, Q1 is -NH-, Q2 is -C(C1-C8 alkyl)-, Q3 is -C(Ci-C8 alkyl)-, Q4 is -CH-, R7 is -O- (C1-C8 alkyl)-, and R2, R4, R6, R8 and R10-R13 are -H.
121. The use according to claim 111, wherein said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another agent useful for the prevention of rheumatoid arthritis .
122. The use according to claim 112, wherein said medicament is suitable for administration with another agent useful for the prevention of rheumatoid arthritis.
123. Use of the compound having the formula:
173
USlDOCS 5506941vl
Figure imgf000175_0001
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
124. The use according to claim 123, wherein said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
125. Use of the compound hav ing the formula:
Figure imgf000175_0002
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, for manufacture of a medicament for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
126. The use according to claim 125, wherein said medicament is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
127. Use of the compound of Formula II:
174
USlDOCS 550694M
Figure imgf000176_0001
(II) or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -R3 is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHyn-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORi4, -C(O)NTHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R- 14, -OS(O)2O-, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R1^)2;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, - NH(CJ-C5 alkyl), -N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -0-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyd, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkyl, -C7-Cj2 (naphthyl)alkyl, -C7-CJ2 (phenyl)alkenyl, -C7-Ci2 (naphthyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkynyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkynyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CII2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)ORj4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(0)NΗR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)NCRw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHRi4, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R9, R10, Rn, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -NCC1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -
175
USlDOCS 5506941vl NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)NCRn)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2RH, -NHC(O)RI4, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORi4, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C<S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R1 1 and Ri2, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl; -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-Cg alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6, for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
128. The use according to claim 127, wherein said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
129. Use of the compound of Formula II:
Figure imgf000177_0001
(H)
176
USlDOCS 5506941vl or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof wherein
Q1 is -O-, -S- or -N(R1)-
Q4 is -C(R9)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORi4, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, O- C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(RH)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rl4)2, -NHC(S)R14, - NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(Rl4)2;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 and R8 are independently -Ym(Rd) wherein Rd is -H, -OH, .halogen, amino, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -NCC1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl>OH, -O-benzyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkenyl, -C7-C12 (phenyl)alkynyl, -C7-C12 (naphthyl)alkynyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(RH)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHRH, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
R9, Ri 0, Rn, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re) wherein Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, - NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), -NHQ=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O- C(O)N(RH)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -
177
USlDOCS 5506941vl NHC(S)]NHR14, -NHC(S)N(RM)2, -NR14C(S)NPBR14, -N RI4C(S)N(R14)2 or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered. heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6, for manufacture of a medicament for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
130. The use according to claim 129, wherein said medicament is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
131. The use according to claim 99 or 100, wherein the pharmaceutic ally acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
132. The use according to claim 111 or 112, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
133. The use according to claim 123 or 125, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
134. The use according to claim 127 or 129, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
135. Use of a compound of Formula
178
USlDOCS 55O6941vl
Figure imgf000180_0001
(Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyL, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(0)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CHa)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)MHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRi4, -NHSORj4, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(RW)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R 14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NRI4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each, is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -Q-(C1-C8 alkyl);
179
USlDOCS 5506941 vl R7 is -Ym-(RC), wherein -Rc is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-CS aIlCyI), -N(C1-CS aIlCyI)2, -NH(phιenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -0(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(0)NΗR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRi4, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2Ri4, -O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)Ri4, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)ORJ4, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-mernbered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R1O, Rn, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alk:yl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), - N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), - NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)ORJ4, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-Hi4, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)Rj4, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORi4, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Rj4, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2; or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -Cj-Cs alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6, for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof.
180
USlDOCS 5506941vl
136. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000182_0001
(Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(R3), wherein -Ra is -H5 -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2RI4, -INHC(O)Ri4, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(Ru)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -INR14C(S)Ri4, - NHC(S)NHRi4, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NRI4C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R2 is -H, -Ci-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and Rs are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, htalogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -Ci-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CHa)nORu, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)Ri4, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHH14, -0-C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)N(Ru)2, -C(O)ORM, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRM, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Ri4, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, 0-C(S)N(Ru)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RM)2, -NHC(S)RM, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RM)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R!4C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring;
181
USlDOCS 550694M R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(Cj-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -Rc is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14., -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R]4)2, - C(O)N(RI4)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSRi4, -NHSORi4, -NHS(O)2Ri4, -O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NRi4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NTi(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)ORj4, -O-C(O)NΗR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14-, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R1O, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -IR6 is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), - N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), - NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nORi4, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NKR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRj4, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(R14)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14-, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NRJ4C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2; or Rn and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-memb>ered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkiyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenyleαe- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently O or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from O to 6,
182
USlDOCS 5506941vl for manufacture of a medicament for treating rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof.
137. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000184_0001
(Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
R1 is -Ym(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-Ri4, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRi4, -S-RH, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O\ 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RM)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Ri-O2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)[N(RH)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rb is -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0"-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHCR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)N(Rw)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)RH, -NHC(S)NHR14, -
183
USlDOCS 5506941vl NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHRI4, -N Ri4C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -R0 is -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(Ci-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -0(CH2)n0Ru, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Rn)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2Ri4, -NHC(O)Ri4, -NHSRU, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Ri4J2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NRi4C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHRi 4, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -3Sf(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -0(CHa)nOR-14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VRH, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)NCRH)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHRH, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2RH1 -NHC(O)R14, -MHSR14, - NHSORH, -NHS(O)2RH, O-C(S)RM, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NRHC(S)NHR14, -N RJ4C(S)N(RH)2;
R1O, R11, R12, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen., -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), - N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), - NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)ORH, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(HH)2, - C(O)N(RH)2, -C(O)ORH, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)ORH, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(RH)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14-, - NHC(S)N(RH)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(RH)2; or R11 and R12, together with the carbon, atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle; each R14 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naptithyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-C8 alkynyl; each Y is independently -C1-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-;
184
USlDOCS 5506941vl each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6, for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
138. Use of a compound of Formula
Figure imgf000186_0001
(Ic)
or a pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, wherein:
Q2 is -C(R3)- or -N-;
Q3 is -C(R5)- or -N-;
Ri is -Ym(Ra), wherein -Ra is -H, -OH, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, - C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, - 3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2)n-R14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -O-C(O)N<R14)2, - C(O)N(RM)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2RJ4, -NHC(O)R14, -NΗSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, -OS(O)2O", 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, O- C(S)N(R14)2, -C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, - NHC(S)NHR14, -NHC(S)N(Rw)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, or - N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R2 is -H, -C1-C8 alkyl or -OH;
R3, R4, and R5 are independently -Ym(Rb), wherein Rbis -H, halogen, -NH2, -CN, -NO2, -SH, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nORi4, -C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VR14, -0-C(O)OR14, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)NCRw)2, -C(O)N(Ri4)2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NTHSR14,
185
USlDOCS 5506941vl -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHR14, 0-C(S)N(Rw)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(R14)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R]4C(S)N(R14)2 or R3 and R4, or R4 and R5, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered ring;
R6 is -H, halogen, -OH, -NH2, -C1-C8 alkyl, or -0-(C1-C8 alkyl);
R7 is -Ym-(Rc), wherein -Rc is -Ci-C8 alkyl, -0-(Ci-C8 alkyl), -O-benzyl, -OH, -NH2, - NH(Ci-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2, -CN, -NO2, -N3, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -OR14, -O(CH2)nOR14, -C(O)Ri4, -0-C(O)R14, - C(O)(CH2)π-Ri4, -0-C(O)ORj4, -0-C(O)NHRi4, -O-C(O)N(R14)2, - C(O)N(Ri-O2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, -NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2Rj4, -O(CH2)nC(O)O(CH2)nCH3, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRi4, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Rw)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)Ri4, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(R14)2;
R8 is -Ym(Rd), wherein -Rd is -H, -OH, halogen, amino, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), -N(naphthyl)2,-CN, -NO2, -N3, -C1-C8 alkyl, -0-(C1-C8 alkyl), -(C1-C8 alkyl)-OH, -C2-C8 alkenyl, -C2-C8 alkynyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -ORi4, -O(CH2)nORu, - C(O)R14, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CH2VRw, -0-C(O)ORi4, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ri4J2, - C(O)N(R14J2, -C(O)OR14, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SORu, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)ORu, 0-C(S)NHR14, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N R14C(S)N(Ru)2;
R1O, Rn, Ri2, and R13 are independently -Ym(Re), wherein -Re is -H, halogen, -NH2, C1-C8 alkyl, -NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NH(phenyl), -N(phenyl)2, -NH(naphthyl), - N(naphthyl)2, -C(O)NH(C1-C5 alkyl), -C(O)N(C1-C5 alkyl)2, -NHC(O)(C1-C5 alkyl), - NHC(=NH2 +)NH2, -CN, -NO2, N3, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -OR14, -O(CH2)nORu, - C(O)Ru, -0-C(O)R14, -C(O)(CHs)n-R14, -0-C(O)ORu, -0-C(O)NHR14, -0-C(O)N(Ri4J2, - C(O)N(R14)2, -C(O)ORu, -C(O)NHR14, -S-R14, -SOR14, -S(O)2R14, -NHC(O)R14, -NHSR14, - NHSOR14, -NHS(O)2R14, 0-C(S)R14, 0-C(S)OR14, 0-C(S)NHRu, O-C(S)N(R14)2, - C(S)OR14, -C(S)NHR14, -C(S)N(Ru)2, -NHC(S)R14, -NR14C(S)R14, -NHC(S)NHR14, - NHC(S)N(Ru)2, -NR14C(S)NHR14, -N RI4C(S)N(RM)2; or R11 and R12, together with the carbon atom to which each is attached, join to form a 5- to 9-membered heterocycle;
186
USlDOCS 5506941 vl each Rj4 is independently -H, -C1-C8 alkyl, -C3-C12 cycloalkyl, -phenyl, -naphthyl, -3- to 9-membered heterocycle, -C2-C8 alkenyl, or -C2-Cs alkynyl; each Y is independently -Cj-C8 alkylene-, -C2-C8 alkenylene- or -C2-C8 alkynylene-; each m is independently 0 or 1; and each n is independently an integer ranging from 0 to 6, for manufacture of a medicament for preventing rheumatoid arthritis in a patient in need thereof, and having been diagnosed with a risk for developing rheumatoid arthritis.
139. The use according to claim 135, wherein said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
140. The use according to claim 136, wherein said medicament is suitable for administration with another therapeutic agent.
141. The use according to claim 137, wherein said compound, or pharmaceutically acceptable salt thereof, is suitable for administration with another agent for the prevention of rheumatoid arthritis.
142. The use according to claim 138, wherein said medicament is suitable for administration with another agent for the prevention of rheumatoid, arthritis.
143. The use according to any one of claims 135 - 138, wherein the pharmaceutically acceptable salt is tartrate salt or mesylate salt.
187
USlDOCS 5506941 vl
PCT/CA2006/000230 2005-02-22 2006-02-16 Methods for treating arthritis using triheterocyclic compounds WO2006089397A1 (en)

Priority Applications (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
EP06705185A EP1853255A4 (en) 2005-02-22 2006-02-16 Methods for treating arthritis using triheterocyclic compounds
US11/895,012 US20080076739A1 (en) 2005-02-22 2007-08-22 Methods for treating arthritis using triheterocyclic compounds

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US65556805P 2005-02-22 2005-02-22
US60/655,568 2005-02-22

Related Child Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
US11/895,012 Continuation US20080076739A1 (en) 2005-02-22 2007-08-22 Methods for treating arthritis using triheterocyclic compounds

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2006089397A1 true WO2006089397A1 (en) 2006-08-31

Family

ID=36926984

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/CA2006/000230 WO2006089397A1 (en) 2005-02-22 2006-02-16 Methods for treating arthritis using triheterocyclic compounds

Country Status (3)

Country Link
US (1) US20080076739A1 (en)
EP (1) EP1853255A4 (en)
WO (1) WO2006089397A1 (en)

Cited By (7)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7425553B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-09-16 Gemin X Pharmaceuticals Canada Inc. Triheterocyclic compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
WO2010076884A1 (en) 2008-12-29 2010-07-08 武田薬品工業株式会社 Novel fused ring compound and use thereof
CN103044311A (en) * 2012-12-26 2013-04-17 山东大学 Multi-substituted indole compounds and preparation method and application thereof
EP2604277A1 (en) 2007-10-15 2013-06-19 Roche Glycart AG Combination therapy of a type II anti-CD20 antibody with an anti-Bcl-2 active agent
US8673942B2 (en) 2008-04-10 2014-03-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused ring compounds and use thereof
WO2017021963A1 (en) 2015-08-03 2017-02-09 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Cxcr4 binding agents for treatment of diseases
US11471455B2 (en) 2018-10-05 2022-10-18 Annapurna Bio, Inc. Compounds and compositions for treating conditions associated with APJ receptor activity

Families Citing this family (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
BRPI0906492A2 (en) * 2008-01-11 2015-12-01 Synovex Corp cadherin-11 antagonists and methods for the treatment of inflammatory joint diseases
BR112013001062A2 (en) 2010-07-15 2016-05-24 Synovex Corp humanized antibodies targeting the cadherin-11 ec1 domain and related compositions and methods
US10870640B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2020-12-22 Institute For Cancer Research Prodigiosin analogs and methods of use
US10654801B2 (en) 2016-04-08 2020-05-19 Institute For Cancer Research Prodigiosin analogs

Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004106328A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2004-12-09 Gemin X Biotechnologies Inc. Triheterocyclic compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
WO2005117908A2 (en) * 2004-05-28 2005-12-15 Gemin X Biotechnologies, Inc. Triheterocyclic compounds compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases

Family Cites Families (11)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5326692B1 (en) * 1992-05-13 1996-04-30 Molecular Probes Inc Fluorescent microparticles with controllable enhanced stokes shift
US5248782A (en) * 1990-12-18 1993-09-28 Molecular Probes, Inc. Long wavelength heteroaryl-substituted dipyrrometheneboron difluoride dyes
US5338854A (en) * 1991-02-13 1994-08-16 Molecular Probes, Inc. Fluorescent fatty acids derived from dipyrrometheneboron difluoride dyes
GB9326284D0 (en) * 1993-12-23 1994-02-23 Erba Carlo Spa Pyrrolydenemethyl-derivatives and process for their preparation
US5885574A (en) * 1994-07-26 1999-03-23 Amgen Inc. Antibodies which activate an erythropoietin receptor
ATE219374T1 (en) * 1996-02-01 2002-07-15 Chugai Pharmaceutical Co Ltd MEDICATIONS FOR THE TREATMENT OR PREVENTION OF THROMBOCYTOPENIA
GB9705035D0 (en) * 1997-03-11 1997-04-30 Pharmacia & Upjohn Spa Indolyl-pyrrolydenemethylpyrrole derivatives and process for their preparation
US6630498B2 (en) * 1997-08-06 2003-10-07 Smithkline Beecham Corporation Eprosartan arginyl charge-neutralization-complex and a process for its preparation and formulation
US7087224B2 (en) * 2000-10-31 2006-08-08 Amgen Inc. Method of treating anemia by administering IL-1ra
US7563810B2 (en) * 2002-11-06 2009-07-21 Celgene Corporation Methods of using 3-(4-amino-1-oxo-1,3-dihydroisoindol-2-yl)-piperidine-2,6-dione for the treatment and management of myeloproliferative diseases
US20060035945A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2006-02-16 Giorgio Attardo Triheterocyclic compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases

Patent Citations (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2004106328A1 (en) * 2003-05-30 2004-12-09 Gemin X Biotechnologies Inc. Triheterocyclic compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
WO2005117908A2 (en) * 2004-05-28 2005-12-15 Gemin X Biotechnologies, Inc. Triheterocyclic compounds compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases

Non-Patent Citations (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Title
See also references of EP1853255A4 *

Cited By (12)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US7425553B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2008-09-16 Gemin X Pharmaceuticals Canada Inc. Triheterocyclic compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
US7709477B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2010-05-04 Gemin X Pharmaceuticals Canada Inc. Methods for treating cancer
US8420638B2 (en) 2003-05-30 2013-04-16 Gemin X Pharmaceuticals Canada Inc. Triheterocyclic compounds and compositions thereof
EP2604277A1 (en) 2007-10-15 2013-06-19 Roche Glycart AG Combination therapy of a type II anti-CD20 antibody with an anti-Bcl-2 active agent
US8673942B2 (en) 2008-04-10 2014-03-18 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused ring compounds and use thereof
WO2010076884A1 (en) 2008-12-29 2010-07-08 武田薬品工業株式会社 Novel fused ring compound and use thereof
US8557805B2 (en) 2008-12-29 2013-10-15 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited Fused ring compound and use thereof
CN103044311A (en) * 2012-12-26 2013-04-17 山东大学 Multi-substituted indole compounds and preparation method and application thereof
CN103044311B (en) * 2012-12-26 2015-04-22 山东大学 Multi-substituted indole compounds and preparation method and application thereof
WO2017021963A1 (en) 2015-08-03 2017-02-09 Biokine Therapeutics Ltd. Cxcr4 binding agents for treatment of diseases
US11471455B2 (en) 2018-10-05 2022-10-18 Annapurna Bio, Inc. Compounds and compositions for treating conditions associated with APJ receptor activity
US11944622B2 (en) 2018-10-05 2024-04-02 Annapurna Bio, Inc. Compounds and compositions for treating conditions associated with APJ receptor activity

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
US20080076739A1 (en) 2008-03-27
EP1853255A4 (en) 2009-07-08
EP1853255A1 (en) 2007-11-14

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
AU2004242928B2 (en) Triheterocyclic compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
EP1853255A1 (en) Methods for treating arthritis using triheterocyclic compounds
US20060035945A1 (en) Triheterocyclic compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
WO2005117908A2 (en) Triheterocyclic compounds compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
US6407244B1 (en) Pyrrole-type compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
EP1836165B1 (en) Dipyrrole compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer or viral diseases
US7491745B2 (en) Pyrrole-Type compounds, compositions and methods for treating cancer or viral disease
EP1427722B1 (en) Pyrrole-type compounds, compositions, and methods for treating cancer, treating viral diseases and causing immunosuppression
AU2002322216A1 (en) Polyryprroles as agents for treating cancer, treating viral diseases and causing immunosuppression

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application
WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 11895012

Country of ref document: US

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2006705185

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 2006705185

Country of ref document: EP

WWP Wipo information: published in national office

Ref document number: 11895012

Country of ref document: US